Skip to main content

Full text of "TRS-80 Manual: Deskmate Reference Manual (1985)(Tandy)"

See other formats











J!iS^aSi^ta8SiiSt^<^"-™BSdte<iM>i<S fff'iSJ^iifci 






Mate 

Reference Manual 



.-H_ 



■ :; 1P 



~) 



!&$?$&£&£; "«y , KSi->iVy-\^ , *^ J !*fX , .1 



ir , n : W!^^ ! ^^-'-' i:v ''^'' : ''-' i '-' 



^0S^^^M^^^^^^m;i^f^ 



KL- 



IP - - 

ir'_ 



£ 



DeskMate™ Software: 

©1985 Tandy Corporation. 

All Rights Reserved. 

All portions of this software are copyrighted and are the proprietary 
and trade secret information of Tandy Corporation. Use, reproduc- 
tion, or publication of any portion of this material without prior writ- 
ten authorization by Tandy Corporation is strictly prohibited. 

DeskMate™ Reference Manual: 

©1985 Tandy Corporation. 

All Rights Reserved. 

Reproduction or use, without prior written authorization by Tandy 
Corporation, of any portion of this documentation is prohibited. 
While reasonable efforts have been taken to assure its accuracy, 
Tandy Corporation assumes no liability resulting from any errors in 
or omissions from this manual or from the use of the information con- 
tained herein. 

Tandy, TRSDOS, and TRS-80 are Registered Trademarks and 
DeskMate is a Trademark of Tandy Corporation. 

CompuServe is a Registered Trademark of CompuServe, Inc. 

Dow Jones and Dow Jones News/Retrieval are Registered 
Trademarks of Dow Jones & Co., Inc. 

10 987654321 



• 



"^■•J^i 



*tz3$$0'''' 



<z^^f 



\ ■'"-■-.•• -'V - .-. 



^ttf^szii 







Contents 

1 DeskMate Overview * 

Introduction * 

Entering DeskMate 3 

Key Usage 4 

Files and Operations 6 

Creating or Opening an Application File 6 

Exiting an Application File 7 

Canceling an Operation 7 

DeskMate Subfunctions 8 

Help 8 

Alarm " 

Calculator " 

Phone -*- 1 

Phone Functions 12 

Screen ^ 

Printer 14 

Date 15 

Alarm On/Off 15 



? Main Menu 

Main Menu Overview 

Help Screens 

Main Menu Functions 

Date 

Name 

Free 

Alarm 

Help Screens 

Adding Events 

Arrow Keys 

Deleting Events 

Alarm Functions 

Host 

Setting the Modern and Switches . 

Local Operation 

Remote Site Setup 

Remote Site Operation 

Passwd 
Select . 
Copy . . 
Delete 
Swap . 



17 

17 

17 

18 

18 

18 

18 

19 

19 

19 

20 

21 

21 

22 

22 

23 

24 

24 

29 

29 

30 

30 

30 



■jl 



wm 










*^? 1 feaeiP.«W<*»?--«. - ■ -. ■...,... ^.JjL. 



^yM"$?P'is' 



3 Text 31 

Text Overview 31 

Help Screens 31 

Using Text 32 

Typing and Editing a Document 32 

Defining and Manipulating Blocks of Text 32 

The Arrow Keys 34 

Printing a Document 34 

Text Functions 35 

Find 35 

Print 35 

Add/Replace 36 

Format 36 

Merge 36 

Save 37 

Select 37 

Copy 38 

Delete 39 

Insert 39 

Exchange 39 

4 Worksheet 41 

Worksheet Overview 41 

Help Screens 41 

The Worksheet 42 

Arrow Keys 44 

Setting Up a Worksheet 45 

Adding Data to a Worksheet 45 

Performing Calculations 47 

Worksheet Functions 48 

Find 48 

Calc 48 

Formula 49 

Text 53 

Format 53 

Merge 54 

Select 55 

Copy 55 

Delete 55 

Insert 56 

Print 56 

Outcomes 56 




% 






f-J 



h 



fc' 



fc- 



fM 



'^m 



! 1 r^.r'>r';^; •"**">■ '- : ' *:■••■.-*! 



' ) 



3 



i 



ISM 



Filer 57 

Filer Overview °7 

Help Screens 57 

Using Filer 58 

Setting Up a Form 58 

Adding Records 5 ^ 

Arrow Keys 60 

Printing Records 61 

Filer Functions D ^ 

Find 62 

Call 63 

Display 63 

Print 64 

Form °4 

Defining a Label 65 

Defining a Field Area 65 

Form Functions 66 

Merge 67 

Select 68 

Copy 68 

Delete 68 

Add 69 

71 
Telecom 

Telecom Overview 71 

Help Screens ' ^ 

Setting the Status 71 

Telecom Functions 74 

Reset 74 

Select 74 

Comp ' 4 

Voice 75 

Answer 7 " 

Autolog 77 

Editlog 77 

79 
Terminal 

Display 80 

Print 80 

Save 81 

Q-l 

Load ox 

Clear ox 



E :M 



g& 



in 



7 Calendar 83 

Calendar Overview 83 

Help Screens 83 

Using Calendar 84 

Adding Events 84 

Defining arid Manipulating Event Blocks 85 

Arrow Keys 86 

Printing a List of Events 87 

Calendar Functions 88 

Find 88 

Date 89 

Print 89 

Alarm 90 

Merge 90 

Select 91 

Copy 91 

Delete 91 

Add 92 

8 Mail 93 

Mail Overview 93 

Help Screens 93 

Using Mail 94 

Adding Messages 94 

Arrow Keys 95 

Printing Messages 95 

Mail Functions 96 

Find 96 

Create 96 

Display 97 

Print 97 

Delete 97 

Appendices 99 

A Backup Procedures 99 

B Modem Information 103 

C Hard Disk Instructions 105 

Index 107 



ta 



IV 



Fs 



; l F?"'<^S&*3gj?j p -"i ^ii^fc&Y**? 1 



DeskMate consists often Main Menu functions, eight "subfunctions," 
and six major applications along with their individual functions. 
Separate chapters of this reference manual explain in-depth each of 
the major applications and their functions. The Main Menu functions 
are also presented in a separate chapter. The DeskMate Overview 
details the subfunctions. 



Following is a brief description of the DeskMate applications. 



• TEXT is a text editor, in which you can create, review and edit, 
and print documents. 

• WORKSHEET lets you compute numbers in columns and rows. 
Addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, exponentiation, as 
well as other set, statistical, and trigonometric operations are 
available. 

• FILER is a card file type filing system. Any number of "forms" of 
information may be stored. An item may be filed and searched for 
by any of the information contained therein. 



* \ V "is 



TELECOM acts as a telecommunications terminal. DeskMate 
goes into an interactive terminal mode so that information may 
be transmitted from another svstern. 



wig 






DeskMate is an integrated, easy-to-use set of applications and 
functions that conserve time, energy, and space. These applications 
replace many of your manual production tools: typewriter, calculator, 
rolodex, calendar, notepad, and so forth. All applications in the system 
use similar functions and operations, which makes DeskMate easy to 
learn and use. 

Using DeskMate not only is faster than using your manual tools, but 
also allows easy access for updates and corrections. Information may 
be added to, deleted from, or duplicated in files quickly and easily. 
Also, many applications provide "at-a-glance" information for quick 
decision making or question answering. All DeskMate information 
may be displayed on the screen or printed. 



&M 



^^fi 






&.rfj"i^»^5 : •Vtifey.w^ 



ma 






«3S^ 



• CALENDAR is an event scheduling system. Recorded events may 
be reviewed at any time. A list of the events for the day displays at 
the Main Menu. 

© MAIL is a messaging system. Messages are created and stored in 
the system in files according to whom they were written. General 
information messages can go into a common file, MESSAGES. 

Additionally, the ALARM and HOST functions on the Main Menu, and 
the CALCULATOR and PHONE subfunctions should be mentioned 
here. 

9 ALARM is an event reminder system. An alarm may be set for 
certain events. Events may be entered directly into the ALARM 
file, or they may be duplicated from a CALENDAR file. 

• HOST is a telecommunications mode for using DeskMate at a 

remote site. Local operation is locked out while a remote terminal 
accesses the system. 

8 CALCULATOR is a quick-access function for simple addition, 

subtraction, multiplication, division, and percentage calculations. 



PHONE lets you store, review, and call (with an automatic 
dialing modern) phone numbers. Initials and names identify each 
number. 



Notes On Hardware 
Requirements 

DeskMate is completely self-sufficient. Your computer and the 
DeskMate software are all that is required to run the basic system. A 
modem is required to communicate with another computer using 
TELECOM or HOST. To use the automatic logon feature of TELECOM 
or HOST, or the dialing feature of PHONE, the modem must be 
programmable (automatic dialing). Check the operating instructions 
of your modem for details. 

Additionally, a printer is helpful for producing permanent records of 
DeskMate tasks accomplished and information stored. 



§,*' 



| 



11 



'•■%.. m 















~--\ 



At TRSDOS Ready, type DM CENTER) . The Main Menu displays: 



Tandy DeskMate Version 01.004 



02/25/85 10:30am 



Events for Today 



FEB 1985 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 



Make appointment with accountant 
Mom's birthday — call florist 
Write confirmation letter to Wilson 

30a Shop at fish and produce wholesale markets 

30a Meet Bill at gym 

30a Prepare food for Davis luncheon 



11:45a Luncheon at Riverdale Country Club 



LHEAD 
ADDRESS 



Worksheet 



BUDGET 



Filer 



Telecom 



Calendar 



Mail 



LAURA 
MESSAGES 



[0] 

DATE 



[1] 
NAME 



[2] 

FREE 



[3] 
ALARM 



[4] 
HOST 



[5] 
PASSWD 



[6] [7] 
SELECT COPY 



[8] 

DELETE 



[9] 
SWAP 



At the top left of the Main Menu is a calendar for the current month. 
Today's date (the current system date) is highlighted. The next seven 
Events for Today, ALARM events for which the Remind @ time has not 
yet passed, display at the top right. The applications display between 
the two solid horizontal bars, on the application name line. Below each 
application are its corresponding data files. The last two lines, the 
function label lines, display the Main Menu function names and 
numbers. (Label lines appear in each application, showing the 
functions specific to that application.) 



: !mSI 
'?fe. 






rir 



KEY USAGE 



nr 



i -in 



'-^•4 



Key usage is very similar throughout the system. There are three 
types of keys in the DeskMate: command keys, arrow keys, and 
function keys. Following are key descriptions. 

The DeskMate command keys, (M), (F2), (ED, (SHIFT) (F3), and (BREAK) . 
are used throughout DeskMate to perform a system function. 
Command key operation is described in Table 1. 



(H) 



(F3) 



(SHIFT) (F3) 



(BREAK) 



BACKSPACES; deletes the character over which it 

backspaces (the character immediately in front of the 

marker) 
displays the DeskMate subfunctions 
saves all data and settings entered in the current file 

and RETURNs to the previous operation; exits to 

TRSDOS from the Main Menu 
CANCELS changes to the current line and changes to 

the settings and returns to the Main Menu; exits to 

TRSDOS from the Main Menu 
BREAKs (cancels) the current request, prompt, or 

command 



Table 1. Command Key Operation. 

The arrow keys,CD,Oj,CED, and (ED (alone, with (SHIFT), and with 
(CLEAR)), are used throughout DeskMate to move the marker and 
display specific application information. Arrow key usage varies 
slightly in each application; see the appropriate application chapter for 
specific usage. General arrow key usage is described in Table 2. 



'<*fc. 



f>L_£~ : *u 



- . ^ " "^ **y*vw- 



CD 
CD 
CD 
CD 



( SHIFT) m 
(SHED CD 

fsHim pp 

(SHIFDCD 

rcHADCD 

(CLEAR) CD 
( CLEAR) fD 
(CLEAR) CD 



moves the marker to the previous line 
moves the marker to the next line 
moves the marker to the left one position 
moves the marker to the right one position 
moves the marker to the top line of the screen 
moves the marker to the bottom line of the screen 
moves the marker to the left margin of the screen 
moves the marker to the right margin of the screen 
displays the first item in the file 
displays the last item in the file 
displays the previous item in the file 
displays the next item in the file 



Table 2. General Arrow Key Usage. 



Function keys are specific to each application. With the exception of 
the TEXT EXCHANGE and the WORKSHEET PRINT and 
OUTCOMES functions ( (CLEAR) CD, (CLEAR) CD, and CCLEAR) CD. 
respectively), functions are represented by a number. Function 
numbers and names display on the last two lines of the application 
screens. Hold down the (CLEAR) key, and press the appropriate number 
to use a function. 






" ' — 



'*M^v~w=r 









-4 



Creating or Opening an 
Application File 



To create a new file for an application, use the left and right arrow 
keys to place the marker over the application name (between the two 
solid horizontal bars) on the Main Menu. ( (SHIFT ) with GEDor GD 
moves the marker to the leftmost or rightmost application name.) 
Press (ENTER) . 

For all applications except TELECOM and MAIL, you are prompted 
to enter a filename. Type a name for the new file, and press (ENTER). 
A valid filename begins with a letter, contains no spaces, and is no 
more than eight characters in length. Do not add a file extension 
(/DOC, and so forth). DeskMate automatically adds the proper file 
extension when it creates a file. 

You may also press (BREAK) at the filename prompt. Pressing (BREAK) 
to override the filename enters the application without creating a file 
in which to save data. This lets you use the DeskMate applications 
as a "scratchpad." Everything you calculate or record is erased as 
soon as you exit the application. 

The TELECOM and MAIL applications may be opened directly from 
the application name line. TELECOM uses data files only to store 
auto logon sequences. The Current Status screen appears when you 
open the TELECOM application. MAIL uses data files, including a 
default file for general messages. It is the default file (MESSAGES) 
that displays when you select MAIL from the application name line. 

You may also open any existing application data file directly. Press 
CD to move the marker to the data file listing near the bottom of the 
screen. Data files appear directly under the application to which 
they correspond. 



s r 



.■■'"'■^SShw 



Use the arrow keys to move the marker to the desired data file. 
(SHIFT) with GD or CED moves the marker to the leftmost or 
rightmost data file, respectively. CD moves the marker to the next 
data file in a column, and (SHIFT ) CD moves the marker to the last 
data file on the screen in the current column. If there are more than 
10 data files for an application (noted by an asterisk on the bottom 
line, next to the tenth filename), (SHIFT) CD scrolls to the next 
screen of data file names. Press (ENTER) . The first screen in the 
appropriate application for the data file under the marker appears. 
Review, edit, or perform other available functions on the information 
in the data file. 



.-J 



Exiting an 

Application File 



Press (F3) to exit and close an application file and return to the Main 
Menu. Press (F3) at the Main Menu to go to TRS DOS Ready. 



Canceling an 
Operation 

Press (BREAK) to cancel the current request, prompt, or command. 

Press (SHIFT) (F3) to CANCEL an operation or application and return 
to the Main Menu. Press (T) at Cancel update (Y/N)? Entries and 
changes that are not already written to the file are not saved. Press 
QD at Cancel update (Y/N)? to return to the operation or application. 



■. 



:n 



f '•R3*«PS«W"!« ;*£? * 



I _&» 



DESKMATE 



The DeskMate subfunctions are simple, easily accessible functions 
that are available throughout DeskMate, in all applications and at 
the Main Menu. The subfunctions display information (HELP, 
ALARM, PHONE), set the printer or print whatever is currently on 
the screen (PRINTER, SCREEN), perform simple calculations 
(CALC), dial a telephone number if the system is equipped with an 
automatic dialing modem (PHONE), and change certain system 
settings (DATE, ALARM OFF/ON). 

Press (F2) to access the subfunctions from the current application or 
Main Menu. The subfunctions label lines replace the application or 
Main Menu label lines: 



[0] 
HELP 



[i] 

ALARM 



[2] 
CALC 



[3] 
PHCNE 



[4] 
SCREEN 



[5] [6] 
PRINTER DATE 



[7] [8] 
ALARM OFF 



[9] 



To use a subfunction, hold down the (CLEAR) key, and press the 
appropriate function number. Press (ED to RETURN to the current 
application after you complete the subfunction. The application 
returns to the exact point at which you left it. 

Help 

Press (CLEAR) CD at the subfunctions to display HELP (reference 
information) for the current application. HELP for the current mode 
(FIND, FORMAT, and FORMULA) or application (if no mode is in 
use) displays. If there is another HELP screen for an application, the 
screen shows: 



! 5. 



Press Enter to Continue 



*r 



Press CENTER) to display each successive HELP screen. The following 
message displays on the last HELP screen: 



Press F3 to Return 



Press (ED to exit the HELP subfunction and continue with the 
current application. 

Alarm 

Press (CLEAR) (TJ at the subfunctions to display ALARM event 
information. The application label lines are replaced with the last 
event for which an alarm has sounded and the next ALARM event. 

See the "ALARM" section in Chapter 2 for information on entering 
events into the ALARM file. 

Press (ED to exit the ALARM subfunction, and continue with the 
current application. 

Calculator 

Press (CLEAR) CD at the subfunctions to display the CALCULATOR: 






[01 HI t2] 

ADD SUBTR MUI/T 



[3] 
DIV 



[4] [5] 
PERCENT +/- 



[6] 
CA 



[7] 
CE 



0.0 



CALCULATOR uses a 10-digit display (no commas), floating decimal 
point format. ±9,999,999,999 is the largest number you can enter or 
accumulate, and ±0.000000001 is the smallest. If the accumulator 
overflows, it fills with asterisks. 

To perform a calculation, type the first number, or operand, in the 
"entry" (bottom) line. Each numeral pushes the number you are 
typing one character to the left. (Press (CLEAR) QD to reverse the 
sign of the number you type; 10 becomes - 10, and so forth. A minus 
sign displays in front of a negative number. ) 



" * -tf,'*^ 






^ 



**l 



The default operator is + (ADD); simply press (ENTER) to add the 
amount you typed in the entry line to the amount (0.0) in the 
"accumulator" (top) line. Type a logical operator ( + , -, *, or /), or 
press (CLEAR) and an operator function number (0-4) to perform an 
operation other than ADD. The functions and operators are as follow: 



(CLEAR) GD or + for addition 

(CLEAR) CD or - for subtraction 

(CLEAR) (2) or * for multiplication 

(CLEAR) (3D or / for division 

(CLEAR) (3D or % for a percent 

(CLEAR) QD to reverse the sign of the operand 

(CLEAR ) dD to clear entry (operand) 

(CLEAR) CZD to clear all amounts 

Note: A percent is: Accumulated amount * (operand amount/100). 
For example, to calculate 20% of the accumulator, type 20 as 
the operand, press (CLEAR) GD or % to display a percent sign, 
then press (ENTER) . 

Type the logical operator, or use the operator function, at any time 
before you press (ENTER] to calculate the result. The calculated 
result displays on the accumulator line. 

Enter new operands, changing the operator when necessary, until 
you complete your calculations. 

Press (ED to exit CALCULATOR and continue with the current 
application. 



w 



■""USi-i 



mu . is& 



c 



10 



j> i 'KS£?*$&??'S3 



3 ~\ 



.3 

1 



^ 



'Si 



Phone 



Use PHONE to record and quickly look up phone numbers. With an 
autom atic dialing modem, DeskMate dials the number for you. Press 
( CLEAR ) GO at the subfunctions. The screen shows: 



FIND: 

ABC ABC Exterminators 817-990-1212 

AL. Arnold's Liquors 817-764-1892 

CB. Beauchamp, Cindy 817-883-1267 

FD. Davis, Frederick 817-256-9011 

OH. Helmer, John 817-653-8754 

BJ. Jones, Bill 817-555-8060 

LFB LaFrance Bakery 817-732-5766 

RM. Miller, Robert 214-872-4432 

••• Man 817-292-3188 

LM. Moore, Lisa (CPA) 817-832-3358 

PLS Petta Linen Service.. 817-482-7371 

RF. Riverdale Florist 817-5 3 7 ~0 906 

LR. Roach, Lewis 214-872-6680 

CS Sims, Chris 817-449-8442 

S&P Smith & Patterson 214-335-4285 

EW. Williams, Mrs. Eliot. 817-737-7728 

LW. Wordsworth, Laura 817-921-8831 

YFM Young's Fish Market.. 817-563-2199 



PREFIX 1: 9P PREFIX 2: 5551290 P. . PREFIX 3: 8559012. . . ACODE:817 

<0] HI [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] 

FIND CALL PREFIX1 PREFIX2 PREFIX3 SORT PRINT DELETE ADD 



There are 39 lines for entry of numbers into the PHONE file. On a 
blank phone line, type up to 3 characters by which you wish to 
reference a number (for quick look-up), and press CENTER). Next, type 
up to 21 characters for the name (lastname, firstname if you want 
to SORT them), and press (ENTER). Now, type the area code and 
telephone numb er in 9 99-999-9999 format, and press CENTER) . 
(SHED CEDand CSHIFTJGD move the marker back and forth between 
the columns. 

Note: When automatically dialing, PHONE assumes the number is 
a local one if no area code is entered for it, or if the area code 
matches ACODE at the bottom right of the screen. 

Press CCLEAR) CD from anywhere on the screen to move the marker 
to the PREFIX and ACODE line at the bottom of the screen. 

PREFIX 1 - 3 are for entering special codes that precede phone 
numbers when auto-dialing. Examples of these may be codes for 
getting an outside line on a PBX system, long distance codes, or 
access codes to other phone networks. Include a capital letter "P" 
after the prefix to indicate a 1 second pause. 



11 



KJ^sawfW^vj 



* 



<! 



%, -«si 



"^H 



Any or all of the PREFIX fields can be selected for dialing by 
pressing ( CLEAR) and the appropriate function number ((T), (3D, or 
QD) for the prefix. 

ACODE is for entering the local area code. When a number is 
automatically dialed, it is checked for an area code. If there is no 
area code, or if the area code matches the local area code, it is not 
dialed. Only area codes out of the local area are dialed. 

Note: To automatically dial a number, you must previously have 
defined the Voice Dialing sequence in the TELECOM 
application. See the TELECOM chapter for details. 



Phone Functions 

The PHONE functio ns disp lay at the bottom of the screen. To use a 
function, hold down (CLEAR) , and press the number for the desired 
function. Special PHONE functions are: 

FIND Use FI ND to search for a specific phone number. Press 

(CLEAR) CD from anywhere on the screen to move the 
marker to the FIND line. Type the characters for 
which you wish to search, and press (CLEAR) (JQ. (No 
distinction is made between uppercase and lowercase.) 
If any matching characters in a reference or name field 
are found, t he ma rker moves to the matching phone 
line. Press (CLEAR) QD again for the next occurrence. 

CALL Press (CLEAR) CD to CALL (dial) the telephone number 

under the marker. If you do not have an automatic 
dialing modem, or if the number is invalid, the 
request is ignor ed. An y PREFIX codes entered and 
selected (using ( CLEAR) CDGD, or QD) are dialed, in 1, 
2, 3 order. The area code is dialed if it is different 
from ACODE. 

Wait a few seconds for dialing to complete, then pick 
up the phone receiver. (Rotary phones make clicking 
sounds as they are dialing.) Refer to your modem 
instruction manual for more information. 

PREFIX 1 Press (CLEAR) (X) to select PREFIX 1 for automatic 

dialing. (Press (CHAR) (T) again if vou don't want 
PREFIX1 dialed.) 



i 



W 



1 



'W 



ST 



pill 



*>.. 



12 



tau 



"V"^*!* 



' ■-■ ■-..-.: 



«w«i j .s| 



*«i , { w& 



i3| 






sj^ 



PREFIX2 
PREFIX3 

SORT 

PRINT 
DELETE 

ADD 



Press (CLEAR) CD to select PREFIX2 for automatic 
dialing. (Press (CLEAR) (T) again if you don't want 
PREFIX2 dialed.) 

Press (CLEAR) QD to select PREF1X3 for automatic 
dialing. (Press (CLEAR) QD if you don't want PREFIX3 
dialed.) 



Press (CLEAR) GD to sort all phone entries in 
alphabetical order, by name. 

Press (CLEAR) QD to print the phone list. 

Press (CLEAR) (JD to delete the phone entry line under 
the marker. 

Press (CLEAR) GD to display a blank entry line at the 
current marker location for adding a new phone 
number. Add new phone number lines the same way 
you first enter numbers into the file. 



Press (F3) to exit PHONE and continue with the current application. 



Screen 



Use SCREEN to print the current screen. First check the PRINTER 
settings (as explained in the next paragraph) and make sure the 
Printed Line Width is set to 80. Press (CLEAR) © at the 
subfunctions to print a copy of everything currently on the screen. 
After the screen prints, the application or Main Menu screen 
reappears. 



13 



^ 



£5 I 






tssssf 



Printer 



Use PRINTER to set up your printer for all DeskMate PRINT 
functions. Press (CLEAR) Q53 at the subfunctions. The screen displays 
the cu rrent printer settings. Enter new values for each, or press 
(ENTER) to use the current value, as follows: 

Left Margin: 

Enter the number of spaces you want from the left edge of the paper 
to the left margin (the column in which to begin printing). 

Printed Line Width: 70 

Enter the number of characters that you want to print on one line of 
your paper, up to the column width of your printer. For example, 
although an 8%" page is 85 characters wide (10 characters per inch), 
many printers can print only 80 columns. Therefore, on an 80 column 
printer, 80 is the maximum line width. 

Total Lines per Page: 66 

Enter the length, in print lines, of the paper. Standard paper is 11" 
long; normal line spacing produces 6 lines per inch. Therefore, an 11" 
long paper has 66 lines per page. 

Printed Lines per Page: 60 

Enter the maximum number of lines to print on a page. The 
standard is 60, which leaves 6 lines available for top and bottom 
margins (66 total lines - 60 prinfpd lines). Adjust the paper in the 
printer to produce the cornet top and bottom margins. For example, 
align the paper at the fourth line down from the top edge in order to 
leave top and bottom margins of 3 lines each. 

Pause between Pages (Y/N): Y 

Press ( ENTER) to default to Y for single-sheet forms (pause after each 
page to insert another sheet of paper). Enter N for continuous forms. 

After the last prompt, the application or Main Menu screen 
reappears. 



w 



Ms 



14 



i&t 



ft*. 



S.^^i^^.Jjji-M. ■ >J \-+aah£y',^-<**~ 1 




r ' ^'s'sHy*--/ ^'f^^T^i&z*^ 



Date 

Use DATE to change the system date and time. Press (CLEM) ©at 
the subfunctions. On the date and time line, type the new date (tor 
example, 092284 for September 22, 1984), then the new time (for 
example, 0245p for 2:45 p.m.), and press dNTfR). 

Note that if you change the date using the DATE subfunction while 
at the Main Menu, the monthly calendar does not change until you 
use an application, then return to the Main Menu To properly 
update the monthly calendar, change the date with the DAlli 
function on the Main Menu. 



Alarm On/Off 

Use ALARM ON/OFF to switch on and off the alarm. Note that this 
subfunction is not the same as ALARM (Subfunction 1) in which 
you display the last and next ALARM event. Also note that you enter 
events in the ALARM function on the Main Menu, and you cannot 
turn on or off the alarm while in the ALARM function. 

ALARM ON/OFF must be ON in order for the alarm to sound. When 
the ALARM is OFF, no signal of ALARM events is given. 

Press (CLEAR) (T) at the subfunctions to change the ALARM status. 
An asterisk appears next to the date and time on the Mam Menu 
and application screens to indicate that the alarm is on. 



3 

— fa 



':>■■£ 
1 iifir.V 



' ^ 



15 






ii-rSfc-^-S?-!'— *S*V 



^^ . 



^ 












MAIN MENU OVERVIEW 



The Main Menu provides access to the applications. In addition, the 
Main Menu provides functions for making certain system changes 
(DATE, NAME, SELECT, COPY, DELETE, SWAP), displaying 
information (FREE), assigning a PASSWORD, and accessing the 
ALARM and HOST functions. 



1 



Help 
Screens 



The Main Menu HELP screens contain brief summaries of the 
functions and ways to use them. When the Main Menu is displayed, 
press (ID for the subfunctions. Then, press ( CLEAR) QD- After the first 
HELP screen displays, press (ENTER) for the second screen. (ID 
returns to the Main Menu. 



ad 



17 




N®1 






i 



OR 



^i.m^m, 









]*■ 




mzm 



■ - ■ -^ 






flgnm, A 



^"— — 1| 



Press (CLEAR) and the appropriate function number to use a Main 
Menu function, as follows: 



Date 



Use DATE to change the system date and/or time. Press (CLEAR) QD 
to display a date and time line. Type the new date, the new time, 
including a or p for a.m. or p.m., then press (ENTER) . 



Name 



Use NAME to change the name of a data file. With the marker on 
the data file you want to change, press ( CLEAR) (T). The screen 
shows: 

Enter NEW Filename: oldfile 

Type the new filename, and press (ENTER) . 

If you do not have the marker on a data file, first enter the name of 
the data file you want to rename at the Enter OLD Filename prompt. 
Then, enter the NEW filename. 



Free 



Press (CLEAR) (ID to display the amount of FREE space (in bytes) on 
the Data diskette. (SWAP defines which drive contains the Data 
diskette.) Press any key to continue. 



18 






I -1 



m 



£ 



■ "a —~" . ; 



&-. 



: ^.^fVWHK&Sii 



^^«fc*-M»Cl«rt<eij9^ 




*^^^^^^^P^s«** 



B&S£?'*!^>.^^ 



Alarm 



f - -H 

__ — "dS 

... --^3 

' — ra 



.?> 



Press (CLEAR) GD to display the ALARM function. ALARM lets you 
enter and set a timer for events of which you wish to be reminded. 
When the ALARM is turned ON (Subfunction 7 — press (ID to access 
the subfunctions), it "beeps" three times to signal the occurrence of 
an event. The alarm sounds regardless of the application you are 
using. You may also, at any time, display the last and next alarm 
events (Subfunction 1). You may merge CALENDAR events into the 
ALARM file, or add events directly to it. ALARM events display in 
Events for Today on the Main Menu. 

Help Screens 

The two ALARM HELP screens contain brief summaries of the 
functions and ways to use them. Within the ALARM function, press 
(F2) for the subfunctions. Then, press (CLEAR) (¥). After the first 
HELP screen displays, press (ENTER) for the second screen. (F3) 
returns to the ALARM screen. 

Adding Events 

ALARM is always in the edit (overstrike) mode; each character 
replaces the character at the current marker position. Blank entry 
lines display when you open the ALARM file for the first time. Add 
an event simply by entering the appropriate data for each line. 

After an ALARM file contains events, the screen displays the events, 
beginning with the current date, each time you open the file. To add 
an event to the ALARM file, use the ADD function ( (CLEAR) (T)). 
Enter event data as follows: 

Enter the time at which you want to be reminded of the event 
(REMIND® time) in 12-hour, 00:00x format. For example, type 
1130a (ENTER ) to set the ALARM at 30 minutes before noon. 

Note: Remember that setting the REMIND(a time does not turn on 
the alarm. Turn on the alarm using ALARM ON/OFF. 

Enter the DATE of the event in mm/dd/yyyy format. For example, 
type 10/22/1984 ( ENTER) for October 22, 1984. 



jfcWiB^ _J 



19 



jgfert 



SSH&WSSK! 



Enter the time at which the event BEGINs in 12-hour, 00:00x 
format. For example, type 1200p (ENTER ) for noon. 

Enter the time (12-hour) at which the event ENDs in 00:00x format. 
For example, type 0130p (ENTER) for half past one. 

Enter a DESCRIPTION of up to 44 characters for the event. (No 
uppercase/lowercase distinctions are made in searches for events. 
MEETING and meeting are equal.) 

After you enter the description, the events automatically sort in 
DATE/TIME order (regardless of the order in which they are added). 

Arrow Keys 

Up to twenty event lines may display on the screen at one time. After 
you complete the twentieth line, the screen "scrolls," or moves up line 
by line, so that you may continue. To see a line after it has scrolled 
off the screen, press CD until the line appears. Press CD to return to 
the line you were typing or editing. 

Use the arrow keys to move the marker a character or line at a time. 
Pressing ( SHIFT) or ( CLEAR) along with the arrow keys moves the 
marker more rapidly. See Table 3. 



CD 



Key by itself 



with (SHIFT) 
moves the marker: 



CED one character to 
the right 

CED one character to 
the left 



to the beginning of the Not used 

first field to t he right 

to the beginning of the Not used 
first field to the kft 



one line up in 
the current 
column 



to the first event line 
on the screen 



CD one line down in 
the current 
column 



to the last event line 
on the screen 



to the 

beginning of 
the file 

to the end of 
the file 



Table 3. ALARM Marker Movement Keys 









I i — i 



^P*** * 



! "]| ■ ~7~*L 



20 



i ^vnfcygsj-Mft*^ ** i. \:'\ 




' S,mi 99immmmmm 






i /. 



Deleting Events 

To delete a block of events, select the first event in the block by 
pressing (CLEAR) GD. Position the marker on the last event in the 
block, then press (CLEAR) CD. The highlighted (selected) text block is 
deleted. If no events are selected, (CLEAR) GD deletes the event under 
the marker. 

Old events, those for which the date and time have already passed, 
are automatically deleted in order to maintain efficiency in the 
ALARM file. (You must manually delete the Sample Session data.) 

Alarm Functions 

The ALARM functions display at the bottom of the screen. To use a 
function, hold down the (CTEAR) key, and press the number for the 
desired function. 

M ERGE Press (CLEAR) GD to MERGE a specific CALENDAR 

file into the ALARM file. The following prompt 
appears: 



111 



M 



SELECT 



Merge from: 

Enter the name of the CALENDAR file to merge into 
this file. The filename and Merging files appears. After 
the merge is completed, copies of all events in the 
specified CALENDAR file appear in the ALARM file. 
The REMINDS time is set to 30 minutes prior to the 
BEGIN time for each event. 

Use SELECT to define an event or a block of events in 
order to perform some other operation on it. Place the 
marker on the first event line for inclusion in the 
block, and press (CLEAR) GD. Use the arrow keys to 
place the marker over the last event for the block. All 
selected events are highlighted as you move the 
marker. 






^ 



After you select the events, COPY or DELETE them, 
as appropriate. Press (B REAK ) if you decide not to use 
the selected events. If you use any other function or 
exit ALARM before you COPY or DELETE, the events 
are unselected. 



300 



21 






jP£^g?BR*J> v^«*i ^^SB&^^r^^V:; 



\$&^?&y : i$s&?:±\ 



&*m 



COPY Press (CLEAR) CD to duplicate a selected event block in 

a document (TEXT application) file on diskette. Press 
(CLEAR) C7) again. Copy to: appears. 

Enter the name of the diskette file in which you wish 
to store the contents of the copy buffer (the selected 
events). The events are appended to the document file. 

DELETE Press (CLEAR) CD to delete all selected events. The 

events are immediately deleted. If no events are 
selected, (CLEAR) CD deletes the event line under the 
marker. 

ADD Press (CLEAR) CD to display a blank line for adding a 

new event. Type the data (REMIND® time, DATE, 
BEGIN and END times, and DESCRIPTION) for the 
event you wish to add; press (MLER) after completing 
each field. 



Host 



HOST allows communication between your computer, as Host, and 
another computer, such as the Model 100, as a terminal. At the 
remote site, you can receive a file from the host DeskMate. create a 
file and send it to the host, and create and read messages in 
DeskMate MAIL files. 

Depending on the capabilities of the remote terminal, you may be 
able to perform more sophisticated operations. Refer to your 
terminal's operating instructions. If your remote site is another 
DeskMate, you can perform any of the operations available in 
TELECOM while in the Host mode. (See "TELECOM" for more 
information.) 

Setting the Modem Status and Switches 

Before you use HOST, set the communication parameters on the 
Status screen in the TELECOM application. Also define the Answer 
Mode (SELECT on the Status screen, then ANSWER) in TELECOM. 
Refer to the TELECOM chapter for details. 



(\ k ! 



V , 



■£- ' f 



<#»Wjr-i 



*». M 



} L 



22 



F'S^^^-JS^;*^^^;***^^^ 







Pi£fl&iig&£ 



=& 



•*■ „'3Ha£7 _ . *?&&?7 l ft a **^ / *-~ 



— ■ ZM 



I — - -^i4 
i 

L., 



Generally speaking, at the host, modem switches should be set as 
follows: POWER ON, ANSWER, AUTO (auto-dial), and TEST OFF. 
Refer to the more specific instructions for modem definition in 
Appendix B. 

Local Operation 

After the host modem is properly connected and set and the 
communication parameters are set, press (CLEAR) ® to enter the 
Host mode from the Main Menu. The screen shows: 

Do you want security? 

In the normal Host mode, all remote activity echoes (displays) on the 
DeskMate screen. You may also use HOST in a security mode, in 
which none of the remote activity echoes to the host. (To exit the 
Host security mode, you must enter the system password, if one 

exists.) 

Press CB for normal Host mode or (T) for the security HOST mode. 
The HOST screen displays: 



HOST is active - press [BREAK] to Exit Host 



Press (ENTER) twice to establish communication between your remote 
terminal and the host, DeskMate. 

DeskMate is now ready for access by the remote site. No other local 
activity is allowed in HOST. 



23 



A'- .-■•- 









!':W 



^3S*S*?<*-^1 



■.-J*!®* 



IjsSSIJSSWo 



\Z^ 



To exit HOST at DeskMate, press (BREAK) . If a system password 
exists and HOST is in the security mode, enter the password. (Note 
that the password never echoes to the screen.) The Main Menu 
returns. 

Remote Site Setup 

Properly connect the modem at the remote site. Next, set the remote 
site modem status and communication parameters, using the 
remote's Terminal software and/or modem switches. Generally, at the 
remote site, all modem settings and parameters should be the same 
as at the host, except for the modem's ORIGINATE/ ANSWER switch. 
Set this switch to ORIGINATE at the remote site. 

Example: 

For a Model 100, using the built-in modem, the settings are: 

BAUD RATE = M (built-in modem) 

WORD LENGTH = 8 

PARITY = N(none) 

STOP BIT = l 

LINE STATUS = D (disable — XOFF) 

PULSE RATE = 10 pps 

Follow the instructions for the remote site's Terminal software and 
modem. Also, refer to the more specific instructions for modem 
definition in Appendix B. 

Remote Site Operation 

Enter the interactive terminal mode, or display the proper screen for 
connecting with a host computer. Dial (or auto-dial, if so equipped) 
the number of the telephone line to which the host (DeskMate) is 
connected. 

Example: 

For a Model 100, at the Model 100 TELECOM Entry screen. 
FIND (or type) the number, then CALL it. 

Press (ESTER) twice to establish communication between your remote 
terminal and the host, DeskMate. 



I 



is 

Si... 

c. 



24 



^__» 



1**'*8S9K!S , .£B«»i 



to* ?ssv(*i?*3M>i;«=.rv* 




ti&lg&giw, 



l^iSIKs^il 



USE 






Note. <mm m the ious paragraph refers 

&meter m; nal s use another label for this key, such as 
M) or (H). For the sake of simplicity, however, we use 

enter the correct password,^^^ he ,- a^X 
appfaT " COrreCtlV "' the DeskM ^ ReJte Mtf^ 



DESKMATE REMOTE 



IENU 



DIRECTORY OF FILES 
RECEIVE FILE FROM HOST 
SEND FILE TO HOST 
READ MAIL 
SEND MAIL 

DISCONNECT FROM HOST 
SELECT MENU OPTION > 



Type the appropriate menu number, and press (INTER) to usp « 
remote function. To redisplay the Remote Menulfafy time from 
any function, press (CTRT) CD Press fCTRTl HT if , J ' 

remote function- presTffiTHD f^ 1 1\» PaUSG dUnng any 

functions are- ^ ° r6SUme °P eratl0n - The remote 









z::3 



~ :::: 1 



DIRECTORY 
OF FILES 



Deskll ^ \ t0 dlSplay a Directory Menu of the 
DeskMate file types available: 



DIRECTORY MENU 

1) MAIL 

2) CALENDAR 

3) TEXT 

4) FILER 
SELECT MENU OPTION > 



5) WORKSHEET 

6) AUTOLOG 

7) ALL 



il- 



I ! i& 



I ; j-gf : 



25 



1 



: 



^****$*»«3£^*Jfc^i^ 




RECEIVE 
FILE FROf 
HOST 



Enter the appropriate number to display a list of all 
the DeskMate files for a particular application. 
(AUTOLOG displays the automatic logon files 
created in TELECOM.) The filenames display 
across the screen. 

Option 7 displays all files in the DeskMate, by 
application, in the same order in which they are 
listed on the Directory Menu. 

The applications to which the files correspond are 
identified by the filename extensions: MAIL is 
/MSG, CALENDAR is /CAL, TEXT is /DOC, 
FILER is /FIL, WORKSHEET is /WKS. and 
AUTOLOG is /LOG. 

After displaying the files, press OD 3D to 
redisplay the DeskMate Remote Menu. 

Select Option 2 to receive a DeskMate file at the 
remote site. The screen shows: 



RECEIVE FROf 
> 



WHICH HOST FILE ? 



Enter the filename exactly as it appears in the 
DeskMate Directory, including the proper filename 
extension. (If you do not enter an extension, /DOC is 
assumed.) The contents of the file display on the 
remote screen. The file displays one line at a time if 
you are not using automatic line feed at the remote 
terminal. 

Receive File From Host is generally used in 
conjunction with a printer or RAM buffer option at 
the remote terminal. Toggle the printer or open the 
RAM buffer before receiving the file. Consult your 
terminal's operating instructions for specific 
information. 

(CTRD CSJ pauses receiving/displaying of a file at 
anv time; ICTRD QD continues. 



I- : - 
i— i- d 



LJL_<Tf Plfc »- * 



f P* 



26 






f^f^H^4t^^fM^>^'^^^^^^^^f^9^/^j'': . -' ■] 




^JS*,::?;^ 



~"? T^fr^ssmm?! 



"I 

1 

1 
1 



SEND FILE 
TO HOST 



If your terminal software supports it, you may edit 
a file saved into the RAM buffer and send it back to 
the DeskMate, using the SEND FILE function. 
Note that you must choose a different name than 
the original for the edited file. 

Select Option 3 to send a file from the remote to the 
DeskMate. The screen shows: 

SEND TO WHAT HOST FILE ? 
> 

Enter a filename for the file you are sending, 
including the proper filename extension. (If you do 
not enter an extension, /DOC is assumed. ) The 
filename must not match any existing filename in 
DeskMate. 



■m 



READ MAIL 



(CUD CID pauses sending/displaying of a file at 
any time; (CTRD QD continues. 

Select Option 4 to read a DeskMate message at the 
remote site. The screen shows: 

READ FROM WHICH MAIL FILE ? 






Enter the name of the MAIL file from which you 
want to read messages. You do not have to enter the 
/MSG extension. (For example, enter MESSAGES 
to read mail from the default file.) 

Information for the first message in the file you 
specified displays. For example, if MESSAGES was 
specified: 



FROM: LAURA 
DATE: 02/23/85 10:30am 

DESCRIPTION: FANTASTIC NEWS! 
(R)EAD OR (l\l)EXT 



:-?•- 



- *? : xW£^*?i*zs?r>,*'*r?t J jH 



«&< 



'^5*^g0i ' :"m^^w^ds:^ 



SEND MAIL 



Press QD to read the message, or QD to display 
the next message in the specified file. After you 
display a message, press QD to go to the next 
message. NO MORE MESSAGES displays after the 
last message in the file. Press (CTRL") QD to return 
to the DeskMate Remote Menu. 

Select Option 5 to send a message to the DeskMate 
from the remote site. The screen shows: 



SEND 
> 



1AIL TO WHICH MAIL FILE ? 



Enter the name of the MAIL file to which you want 
to send a message. You do not have to enter the 
/ MSG extension. (For example, enter MESSAGES 
to send mail to the default file.) 

The current date and time displays. Then the 
screen shows: 

FROM ? > 

Enter your name (up to 8 characters). The screen 
shows: 

DESCRIPTION ? > 

Enter a description for the message (up to 32 
characters). The screen shows: 

ENTER TEXT, TYPE CONTROL C TO END 

Type the message, using a carriage return to start 
a new line as necessary. Backspace is the only 
editing feature available in message creation. Press 
(CTRL) CD to end the message and send it to the 
DeskMate. The DeskMate Remote Menu displays. 



W 



«• m 



28 



r^S^HtS'i^S^HS^^tfS^f:? 



Pv \ ?'':?->TSiiw V J L ( ;4H^^^^^5g^*^^* 1 '"-«i- ^ 






, t mm 



J 



M _ 
■~Z'.Xs| 

t=3 



-J 



---a 



DISCONNECT 
FROM HOST 



Use Option 6 to disconnect communication between 
the remote site and the host (DeskMate). The 
screen shows: 

DISCONNECTED BY HOST 



Press ( BREAK) at the HOST screen in DeskMate 
after disconnecting communication from the remote 
site. DeskMate returns to the Main Menu. 



Passwd 



Press (CLEAR) ("5") to assign a password for restricting access to 
DeskMate on initial entry into the system and on exiting the HOST 
security mode. The screen shows: 

Enter New Password: 

Type a password of up to 8 characters. A valid password begins with 
a letter and contains no punctuation or blanks. Press (ENTER) . The 
Main Menu appears. 



Select 



Use SELECT to define more than one data file for deletion. Position 
the marker on the first file you want to select. Press (CLEAR) 061. 
Now use the CD to position the marker on the last file for selection 
(in the same application column), and DELETE the files. 



29 



I-. 

5 -: 



J 



r-^j|*jssj«5^TSKWMjj3*j:r 










■rtfr** 



'^, 



Copy 



Press (CLEAR] CD to duplicate a selected data file on diskette. The 
screen shows: 

FROM: filename TO: 

Enter a filename for the new file. 



Delete 



Press (CLEAR) ® to delete all selected files from the DeskMate 
diskette. 

If no files are selected, Enter filename to Delete: filename appears. 
Enter a filename, or press ( ENTER) to delete the file currently under 
the marker. 






Swap 



Press ( CLEAR) GD to change, or swap, data diskettes. Also use SWAP 
to designate a drive other than Drive 1 on which to store data files. 
Enter the number of the diskette drive for the swap. Change 
diskettes, if applicable, then press any key to continue. 



PL 



%£&» 



"""*"•«»=>•** m 



30 






«*~ 



r^**tfi£ff4$#pli&&r!&&tt:?*^f&?*<~- 



^vK^^0k 



^^tojtea^Sff^w^' 



Mfi?»#i 









W 



3 



The TEXT application is an easy-to-use, yet powerful text entry and 
editing program. Use TEXT to prepare letters, articles, and reports. 
TEXT replaces your notepad and typewriter, providing an easy way 
to type your notes and documents, using powerful editing features. 

You can search for or search for and replace a word or phrase in your 
document, rearrange, delete, and insert text, and change the format 
of your document. You can also print documents, combine documents, 
and save all or a portion of a document to diskette. 



Help 
Screens 



The two TEXT HELP screens contain brief summaries of the 
functions and ways to use them. Within the TEXT application, press 
(FD for the subfunctions. Then, press (CLEAR) QD. After the first 
HELP screen displays, press (ENTER) for the second screen. (F3) 
returns to the TEXT screen. 



-gm 






wm 



m&: 



:3 



3W5 



■ rta i; 



'HI 
\7| 



i 

L. 



31 






-^i^^^^^^l^ff^^h^cii 










o 



USING 
TEXT 



To open an existing document file, position the marker over the 
filename, and press ( ENTER) . The first entry/edit screen for that 
document displays. Begin editing the document. 

To cre ate a new document file, place the marker over Text and press 
(ENTER). A blank entry/edit screen for a new document file displays. 
Begin typing the document. A blank entry/edit screen for a new 
document file displays. Begin typing the document. 



<\ >i 



Typing and Editing 
a Document 



Whether you are creating a new document or editing an existing one, 
TEXT begins in the ADD (insertion) mode. Everything you type is 
inserted at the current marker position, and any test following the 
marker is shifted to the right one space for every character inserted. 

The first 22 lines of the TEXT edit screen are for typing and editing 
your document. (The TEXT functions display on the last two lines.) 
After you complete the twenty-second line, the screen "scrolls," or 
moves up line by line, to let you continue. To see a line after it has 
scrolled off the screen, press CD until the line appears. Press CD to 
return to the last line you were typing or editing. 



Defining and Manipulating 
Blocks of Text 



& 



..-.si 



TEXT allows you to define sections, or blocks, of text in a document 
so that you can duplicate (COPY). DELETE, and move (INSERT) 
text within your document. 



, ....... 



■-Nsk -Jfc 






r^^Tf^^^S^^e^e^s^v^Slffa^ 




isS&'-'^!?^^.;iS^f.'^fl^^'*-^^^ l ^?55;''* 



•^.l.Iaj 



"1 



^•1 



To define a text block, place the marker on the first character for the 
block, then press (CLEAR) GD. Move the marker to the last character 
for the block, or press (CLEAR) (¥), and enter a search string to define 
everything from the current marker position to that string. All 
highlighted text is selected. Immediately COPY or DELETE the text. 
If you choose any other function or exit the document before you 
manipulate the text, the block is unselected. 

To INSERT text elsewhere in your document: First, select a block, 
then press (CLEAR) CD to COPY it to the copy buffer. A duplicate of 
the text block is made. Position the marker wherever you want to 
INSERT the text, and press (CLEAR) GD- The text block is inserted. 

To DELETE text from your document: First, select a block, then 
press (CLEAR) GD- The text block is deleted. 

To move text from one place to another in your document: First, 
select a block, then press (CLEAR) CD to COPY it to the copy buffer. 
Positio n the marker where you want to INSERT the text, and press 
( CLEAR ) GD. Next, use the deletion instructions above to delete the 
selected block from its original location. 

See "TEXT FUNCTIONS" for more information. 






B 



mm 



'H 



:\m 




&&„. 



33 



'if*!** 



?^SSS^^ e f^!fJ fl ^!f^^SSS?> 1 




mutt 









Arrow 

Keys 



Use the arrow keys to move the marker a character or line at a time. 
Pressing (SHIFT) or (CLEAR) along with the arrow keys moves the 
marker more rapidly. Refer to Table 4 for exact marker movement. 



Key by itself 



with (SHIFT) 
moves the marker: 



with (CLEAR) 



GED one character to 
the right 



to the right margin of 
the current line 



Not used 



GED one character to 
the left 



to the left margin of 
the current line 



Not used 



CD 



one line up in 
the current 
column 



CD one line down in 
the current 
column 



to the top of the screen to the beginning 
in the current column, of the document 
or the top of the 
previous screen if 
already at the top 



to the bottom of the 
screen in the current 
column, or the bottom 
of the next screen if 
already at the bottom 



M m 



to the end of the 
document 



'w ■„ 



Table 4. TEXT Marker Movement Keys. 



Printing a 
Document 



You can print a single screen or all of a TEXT document. To print an 
entire document, use the PRINT function in TEXT. (See "TEXT 
FUNCTIONS — Print.") 

Use the SCREEN subfunction to print everything currently on the 
screen except the label lines. Use the FIND function or the arrow 
keys to display the text you want to print. 



34 



fc 



Ik 



;*&■:. 



^s£/ c- — g 



■^^^^S^S^^^W^^^^^'0 



mms&ZMm 















FUNCTIONS 



When a document is opened (created or opened for editing) the first 
page of that document is displayed. The functions available are 
displayed at the bottom of the screen. 

Use these functions to manipulate the text within vour document 
andjrom document to document. To use a function, hold down the 
iCLEAR) key, and press the number for the desired function 



Press (CLEAR) dD to search for and FIND a string of up to 40 
characters. The following prompt appears: 

Search string: 

If you previously searched for a string, that string also appears. Tvpe 
the string you want, and press (ESTE®. If the string is found the " 
line containing the string displays at the top of the screen. To find 
H^ xt occurrence of the string, press (CLEAR) ® again, then press 
lENTERJ to use the same search string. 

Note: Uppercase and lowercase differences are ignored in search 
strings. 



Print 



Press (CLEAR) CD to PRINT the entire document. Make sure your 

pmxT e ^o rea S' and that the Pnnter Settln ^ s are C01TC ct in the 
PRIN1 ER subfunction ((ED.then LCLEA® dj). To stop printing, hold 
down the BREAK) key until the printer stops 



35 



IfS 



i «! 



Tit 



$?W&pi&&li$S&i&&%^'*^**!^'' 



•w* - * 



,-* *: -'aBPHBSEt * jr~-«&^™ «fcf 



, ~3 



Add/Replace 



Press (CLEAR) CD to toggle TEXT between the ADD and REPLACE 
modes. ADD (insertion) is the default mode. Everything you type is 
inserted (added) at the current marker position, and any text 
following the marker is shifted to the right one space for every 
character inserted. 

In REPLACE (overstrike) mode, each character you type overstrikes 
(replaces) the character under the marker. The text is not moved. 
Note that you cannot replace a carriage return. You must skip over a 
carriage return when in this mode, toggle to ADD mode and insert 
characters in front ot it, and/or use DELETE to remove it. 



Format 



You can format the screen to any width you choose. For example, you 
may want to use the same width as your printed document so that 
you can see how it will look when printed. The maximum screen 
width is 79 characters. 

Press (CLEAR) (X) to specify the screen FORMAT you want to use for 
your document. The following prompt appears: 



Line width = 7( 



new value: 



Enter the number of characters you want to appear across each line 
on the screen. 



fL. 



¥?$&■ 



Merge 



Press ( CLEAR) GD to MERGE (combine) a copy of another document 
with this document. The following prompt appears: 

Enter merge filename: 



36 



$m^m 



iM^^^g^S^^-^f^f^^-'-'^y^f^eM 






m&Q8^8g& 






) 



Enter the name of the document file that you want to MERGE into 
your document. The length of the document file is checked and, if 
there is enough room, it is copied into the document at the current 
marker position. 

If there is not enough room in your document for the entire MERGE 
document file, the merge is canceled, and the screen shows: 

Not enough memory 



Press (ENTER) to continue. 



Save 



Press (CLEAR) ("5") to SAVE a copy of this document to a diskette file. 
The following prompt appears: 

Enter save filename: 

Enter the name of the file to which you wish to SAVE this document. 
Use standard file name format (filenarne.ext:d). If you do not enter a 
filename, the document name is used, and the file is saved onto Drive 
1 or the drive you specified in the Main Menu SWAP function. 



iH-J 
f 



3 

■A 
-J 

3 

3 



Select 



Use SELECT to define a word or block of text in order to perform 
some other operation on it. Position the marker on the first character 
you want to select, and press (CLEAR) (JD- Then, use the arrow keys 
to place the marker over the last character for the block, or press 
(CLEAR) CO"), and enter a search string to select everything from the 
current marker position to that string. All highlighted text between 
the first and current marker positions is selected. 

After you select your text, COPY or DELETE it, as appropriate. 
Press (BREAK) if you decide not to use the text you have selected. If 
you use any other operation or exit the TEXT function before you 
COPY or DELETE, the text is unselected. 



37 



I 
Mil 



\m 

ills 



iB^**^ , 



&■■ 



IK 







j ^3B 



You can use the FIND function to display text for selecting. Use 
FIND to search for the first character, word, or string you want to 
include in your text block. Then select the block as usual. 



Copy 



Press (CLEAR) (T) to place all selected text in the copy buffer. COPY 
does not delete the text, but merely makes a duplicate of it, which 
you can INSERT somewhere else in your document or COPY to a 
diskette file. COPY can also save all or part of a document file to 
diskette or duplicate a diskette file and copy it to this document. 

To INSERT copy buffer text at another location: First select a text 
block, then move the marker to the appropriate position, and press 
(CLEAR) (3D- The text is inserted at that position. 



To COPY text to or from a diskette file, press (CLEAR) CD again. 
(When copying from a diskette file, do not select text before you use 
COPY.) The following prompt appears: 



From: 



To: 



Enter the name of the diskette file from which you wish to COPY 
text into this document. The file is inserted at the current marker 
position. 



To copy the text currently in the copy buffer, press (ENTER) to move to 
the To: prompt. Enter the name of the diskette file to which you wish 
to copy the text. The text is appended to that file. 

If there is not enough room in your document for the entire COPY 
document file, the copy is canceled, and the screen shows: 

Not enough memory 

Press (ENTER) to continue. 






rfi^- 



'^sglJr 



38 



*u» 



^ ^IS^^^^ :'k^ )^^^ ^:- i '' f }^S^rfi : i 







Delete 



Press (CLEAR) CS to DELETE all selected text. The text is 
immediately deleted. If no text is selected, the character under the 
marker is deleted. 



jifc-f 



Insert 

Press (CLEAR) CD to INSERT the contents of the copy buffer at the 
current marker position. 

If there is not enough room in your document for the entire INSERT 
document file, the copy is canceled, and the screen shows: 

Not enough memory 



Press (ENTER) to continue. 



Exchange 



si 



•1 



L 



Press (CLEAR) CD to search for a string and replace it with another 
string. The screen shows: 

Search string: 

Enter the string you wish to replace. The screen shows: 

Replacement string: 

Enter the string you wish to exchange for the search string. The first 
occurrence of the string is found. The screen shows: 

Replace? (Y/N) 

Press CD to replace this, and each successive occurrence of the 
string Press (NJ to skip those that you do not wish to replace with 
the new string. Press (BREAK) at any time to cancel any further 
exchanges. 






i'iSiws* 



39 



: -*<5P^-^?^^® w *H*B^«>*S«S?*"^*^".-.! 




^SfSgSSS' 



te^w&K?3*8P?SS 



!S@& 



fe^SirlSj^fS 












WORKSHEET OVERVIEW 



WORKSHEET performs mathematical operations on data in rows 
and columns. This "worksheet" concept lets you easily perform 
complex calculations for budgeting, forecasting, statistical analysis, 
engineering, and many other previously tedious tasks. 

In addition to the calculations, you can also search for data (FIND), 
enter TEXT use a specific data FORMAT, change column width 
(FORMAT) copy the current worksheet file to diskette or memory, or 
copy a file from diskette or memory to the current worksheet 
(MERGE COPY), and DELETE or INSERT rows, columns, and 
worksheet data. You may also print all or part of a worksheet. 



Help 
Screens 

The five WORKSHEET HELP screens contain brief summaries of 
the functions and ways to use them. Within the W^l^^ 
application, press (ED for the subfunctions. Impress gffl®. 
After the first HELP screen displays, press (ENIERJ lor the second 
screen. (ED returns to the worksheet. 

The third HELP screen is for the FIND function. Press (CLJAR) 
CD for FIND, then (ED for the subfunctions. Next, press (£LEARJ 
(F) for FIND HELP. (ED returns to the worksheet. 

The fourth HELP screen is for the FORMULA function. Press 
(CLJAR) © for FORMULA, then (ED for the subfunctions. Next, press 
(CLEAR) dD for FORMULA HELP. (ED returns to the worksheet. 

The last HELP screen is for the FORMAT function. Press (CLEAB 
S) for FORMAT, then (ED for the subfunctions. Next, press ICLEAR) 
(W) for FORMAT HELP. (ID returns to the worksheet. 



41 



_fl 



IP 



m 



I&NJI 



fH 







p al 







•^^f^^^m^rrr^ ^ 



m^^mm 



To open an existing works heet file, position the marker over the 
filename, and press (ENTER) . The first worksheet screen for that file 
displays. 

To create a new worksheet file, place the marker over Worksheet, and 
press (ENTER). An empty worksheet screen displays for a new file. 



mm 

if 

■ -IP 

m 



U 



iir 



WORKSHEET [TABLE ] 








02/25/84 10:30am 




1 2 


.3 


4 


5 


6 


1 












2 












3 












4 












5 












6 












7 












8 












9 












10 












11 












12 












13 












14 












15 












16 












17 












Select 


Conroand: 










R 1C1 










Free Memory 5445 


[0] 


[1] [2] [3] 


[4] 


[5] 


[6] 


[7] [8] [9] 


FIND 


CALC FORMULA TEXT 


FORMAT 


MERGE 


SELECT 


COPY DELETE INSERT 



Row numbers appear down the left side of the screen, in the Row 
Label area. Column numbers appear across the top of the screen 
(Column Label area). The default width for all columns is ten 
characters. 



Seventeen rows and seven columns (more or less, according to the 
width you set) display on the screen at one time. This is the 
"window" concept; a portion of the worksheet is extracted for viewing 
or editing. There are up to 99 rows and columns available in each 
worksheet. Use the arrow keys or the FIND function to move from 
window to window in the worksheet. 

Each intersection of a row and a column is a "cell." You enter, 
calculate, and manipulate text, formulas, and numbers, using cells. 
The solid rectangular box (highlighted area) is the entry marker. 
Use the entry marker to mark a cell in which you wish to enter data. 



I. 



w 



42 



'&$??*?&*£?'■ ?$£*% f^!£&r&&*ss2? I 






J 



The data entry line, command line, and cell status line appear near 
the bottom of the screen. 



# 

Select Command: 

R 1C 1 xxxxxx 



Free Memory xxxx 



The marker marks the data entry line. Add data to the worksheet by 
positioning the entry marker on the correct cell and entering the 
data on this line. 

Next is the command line, which either prompts you to select a 
command (function) or to perform some action for the function you 
are currently using. Error messages and warnings also display on 
this line. 

The next line, cell status, shows the cell currently highlighted by the 
entry marker (R 1C 1). The formula or cell text contained in that cell 
displays to the right of the cell number. Number displays if it is a 
numeric cell. The amount of Free Memory displays at the end of this 
line. 






The WORKSHEET functions display on the last two lines. 



43 



■•* * 



:-4$$.£j 



ml 



.•B^^^fss^^^fjss^^i^^^^*^*^ ..".' : . v ■ "ip^%SS^^^??$^Wteaew«^g»?«- ■> 



y^?-?&&?o 









i 



Arrow 

Keys 



Use the arrow keys to move the entry marker from cell to cell and to 
the Row and Column Labels. The arrow keys move the marker a cell 
at a time, in the direction of the arrow. Press [SHIFT) or (CLEM) 
along with an arrow key to move the marker more rapidly. See 
Table 5. 



Key by itself 



CED one cell (or 

Column Label) to 
the right 



CED 









with (SHIFT) 
moves the marker: 



to the last column on 
the screen, or to the 
last column on the 
next screen if the 
entry marker is in the 
last column 



with (CLEAR) 

to Column 99 in 
the current row 



one cell (or 
Column Label) 
the left 



to the first column on 
to the screen, or to the 
first column on the 
previous screen if the 
entry marker is in the 
first column 



to Column 1, or 
to the Row Label 
if entry marker 
is in Column 1 



one cell (or Row 
Label) up 



to the first row on the 
screen, or to the first 
row on the entry 
marker is in the first 



to Row 1, or to 
the Column 
Label if the 
marker is in Row 

1 



one cell (or Row 
Label) down 



to the last row on the 
screen, or to the last 
row on the next screen 
if the entry marker is 
in the last row 



to Row 99 in the 
current column 



Table 5. WORKSHEET Marker Movement Keys. 



44 



\ I 






■*lfe M 







''W^'^zT'W^^i 



Setting Up 

a Worksheet 



When you create a WORKSHEET file, a blank worksheet is shown 
Determine the information you want to display and calculate, noting 
the format and length of your headings and numeric data The 
column width defaults to ten characters (9999999.99). 

No setup procedures are necessary if you use the default column 
width^ You may begin entering your worksheet data right awav You 
may, however tailor the worksheet more specifically to your needs 
using FORMAT. J ieeub ^ 

To change the column width, press (CLEAR) CD while the entry 

aTef Ml 1 th Y hG marker m ° VeS UP mt ° the Colu ™ Label 
a ea. Move the marker onto a column you want to change To change 

all columns to the samewidth, move the entry marker £ the column 

Label area, and press (CLEAR) ® for FORMAT. The following 

message appears on the command line: 



Change column width. Specify {ALL, Width}, (Col 



no., Width}), {Width} 



Type ALL, and the new width to change the width of all columns, 
1-99 (for example, ALL,12 (ffiTH)). Type a column number a 

ZZ^Zt ™T™ % change the Wldth of a S ? eciflc co1 — 

It T.u ' ' 12 mmi Type 0n} y the new wi dth to change the 
width of the current column (for example, 12 (ENTER)). 



tfimir^ 



3 



<-0*&4 



4 — H2 

"■"53 

'^3 



Adding Data 
to a Worksheet 



After you set up the column widths, you are readv to add data to 
your worksheet. There are four types of data you can enter numeric 
data, formulas, cell text, and block TEXT. 



=- i" 



^fc- . -Jm 



45 



ty^if i ^^^ l ^^ l ^^li^ ^iffiaff^^: 




/i 



"•^■^j 
.^a^ 

>s^ 



'^N 



3 ! 



To add numeric data to a cell position the entry marker on the cell, 
and type the data. (The program uses the default of seven digits, a 
decimal and two decimal places, but you can change the data to 
almost any numeric format.) As you type, the data appears both in 
the cell and on the data entry line. Press (ENTER) or an arrow key 
after you complete the cell. 

You may add a formula to a single cell or all selected cells. To enter a 
formula into a cell, position the entry marker on that cell. Press 
(CLIAR) CD to mark the cell for FORMULA entry, then enter the 
formula on the data entry line. After you enter the formula, it 
appears on the cell status line. 

To enter a formula into several cells, select the cells, using (CLEAR) 
re). Next, mark them for FORMULA entry, then enter the formula. 

Add cell text (row and column headings, and so forth) as you would 
numeric data. If you want to use a heading consisting entirely oi 
numbers, type one or more spaces in the cell to mark it as 
non-numeric. 

You may also select a block of cells in which to enter text. When you 
do this the text is not bound by each individual cell but by the 
selected block as a whole. Press (CLEAR) CD to mark the selected 
area as a TEXT block, and enter text into it. Press dREAg) to leave 
the TEXT mode. 

See "WORKSHEET FUNCTIONS" for more information on 
FORMAT, SELECT, FORMULA, and TEXT. 




1 



\m 



s 



46 






r^*SS?^S!^^ , **®^ , ^^"?!<i* t 5??S-' 



''■' r i^r^iSis.N-^awr.T.T.j&^B^&J 



; B$WM^M 



ir^w''^*':^-^^" 1 ^^ 



-1 



Performing 
Calculations 



WORKSHEET calculates data according to cell contents, from left to 
right and top to bottom. You calculate two or more cells in a row or 
column. For example, consider the following worksheet: 



1 DESCRIPTION 
2 

3 Total Expend 

4 Less:Pers Exp 
5 

6 Total Expend 



2 II 

July 

Expend 

500.00 

100.00 



3 II 
August 
Expend 

300.00 



4 ][ 
Septem 
Expend 

250.00 
50.00 



Average 
Expend 



Cells 3,5 and 4,5 use AVG to find the average (mean) values of Rows 
3 and 4. The formula is AVG (C2) for each of these two cells. 
(Average all numeric cells in the current row from the specified to 
the current column.) Any non-numeric data is skipped. 

Cells 6,2, 6,3, 6,4, and 6,5 use an arithmetic operator (-) to find the 
difference of Rows 3 and 4. Because each of these four cells uses the 
same formula, R3-R4, first select the cells, then enter the formula on 
the data entry line. 

Note that you can also select the cells, then enter R3C2-R4C2 as the 
formula. When WORKSHEET enters a formula into selected cells, it 
adjusts for the appropriate row or column. (The formula would appear 
as R3C3-R4C3 in Cell 6,3, R3C4-R4C4 in Cell 6,4, and so forth.) 

After you complete the entries to calculate and the formulas to use 
in calculations, simply press (CLEAR) QD to CALCULATE the entire 
worksheet. A result displays in every cell in which you entered a 
formula. 

If a calculated result is a smaller or larger number than 
WORKSHEET can display or if you attempt to divide a number by 
zero, an error message displays. *UNRFL0' ; displays for an underflow 
error; *0VRFL0*, for an overflow error; and A 'DIVBY0\ for a division 
by zero error. 



47 



if : : 

HI'S! 



^ 



mam 



L A J 



m 



'i^SSSI^r^^^i^^^S^/t^^ir^-S^!: : - "i 










mmmimmsBesm 



'&&l£Syi23£\1Sl 



.1 



:.$^ 









inn 

i I 



The WORKSHEET functions display at the bottom of the screen. To 
use a function, hold down the (CLEAR) key, and press the number for 
the desired function. 



Find 



Press (CLEAR] CD to search for and FIND a specific text string or a 
specific cell. The following prompt appears: 

Specify string or RxxCyy: 

Enter the cell text you want to FIND. The text must match the cell 
text exactly. If the string is found in one of the worksheet cells, the 
window containing that cell displays. The entry marker appears on 
the cell. 

When searching for a specific cell, only a valid cell number is 
allowed. Type R or C, the row or column number, a comma, then C 
or R, and the column or row number. The window containing that 
cell displays. The entry marker appears on the cell. 

Note that you cannot search for a string entered using the TEXT 
function. FIND searches for data by cell and therefore disregards 
TEXT, since it is not cell oriented. Note also that you cannot search 
for a formula. 

Calc 



Press ( CLEAR) CD to CALCULATE the worksheet you set up. Also 
use this to recalculate a worksheet in which you make changes. 
Results of the calculation display in the cells in which formulas were 
entered. 

If a cell contains a reference to another cell that is not yet calculated 
(to a cell to the right and 'or below it), it creates a reference error. 



J 



•*» Jt 



48 



'^g^iin^^^ta^j^^^^^^iu^' 



«? fS^Ss^s^^l. 



;:>-^ffi«»3^ i "^«^^ji«£e5i 






■43 



Cells which contain a reference error are left blank. After the 
referred-to cell is calculated you may obtain the correct calculation 
by pressing (CLlAR) CD a second time. 

After you save a calculated worksheet, there is no need to 
recalculate it when you re-enter that worksheet. 



Formula 

To enter a formula into a cell position the entry marker on that cell. 
Press (CLEAR) CD to mark the cell for FORMULA entry, then enter 
the formula on the data entry line. 

To enter a formula into several cells, select the cells, using (CLEAR) 
(6D and the arrow keys. Next, mark them for formula entry, then 
enter the formula. 

Within a formula, mathematical operations are performed from left 
to right Parenthetical operations are performed first, multiplication 
and division second, and addition and subtraction last. When 
parentheses are nested, the innermost operations are performed tirst. 
The operations available for use in formulas are given m Table b. 



m 

ill 



Entering Formulas 1 




+ 


between two cells: 1 

Addition * Multiplication 
Subtraction >' Division 

! Power 1 




AVG 
CMT 
MAX 


for a row, column, or selected block: | 

Average (mean) of the MIN Minimum value 

values RMT Cumulative sum of the 1 

Cumulative sum of the row 1 

column SUM Sum of the values 

Maximum value _ — . — - | 




ABS 
ATN 
COS 
EXP 
INT 


for a cell: 

Absolute Value LOG 
Arctangent SGN 
Cosine S1JN 
Exponential SQR 
Integer truncation TAN 


Logarithm | 

Sign 

Sine 

Square root 

Tangent 




Table 6. Formula Operations. 



49 



■*3W^^Sf^isgfif?>«»^^^.^^^jse?,l 




^^^^^S^p^^-' 



'&& 



Two special characters are also available. A question mark (?) in a 
cell indicates a constant that is entered at the time of calculation 
(CALC). A number sign (#) in a formula indicates that the cell 
number is not adjusted for each successive row or column, but 
remains constant. The # is required in CMT and RMT formulas, but 
is useful in other formulas as well. 

Following are examples of formulas using some of these operations. 

7CONSTANT1 Sets up the current cell for entry of a constant (in 
this example, named CONSTANT!) at the time of 
calculation 

(R1+R2)/R3C4 Adds Cells 1 and 2 in the current column, then 
divides their sum by the value of Cell R3C4 

(C3) -(R1C4) Subtracts the value of the cell in Row 1, Column 4 
from the value of the cell Column 3 of the current 
row 



Cl*C2 Multiplies two cells in the same row 

(R1C2/100 Divides the value of the cell in Row 1, Column 2 bv 

100 



C6R3!3 Calculates the cube of the value of the cell in Row 

3, Column 6 

ABS(R2C3) Multiplies the value of the cell in Row 2, Column 3 

by - 1 if (and only if) it is a negative number 
(absolute value) 

ATN(R3C5) Displays the arctangent of the value of Cell R3C5 

— the angle that has its tangent equal to the value 
of Cell R3C5 (the result displays in radians; use 
ATN(R3C5)*57.29578 to display the arctangent in 
degrees) 

AVG(Cl) Adds all the values in the current row, beginning 

with Column 1, up to the current cell, skipping any 
non-numeric data, and divides by the number of 
numeric cells added 



%**.v1 






50 



-T^2&Q£^@^?&1g&sZ$g?g-2ip&$^$} 




»S8Sfii 



ftT^-Tg^pl 



CMT(#R4C3) 



) 



<M 



3 



COS(R3C5) 

EXP(R4C3) 

INT(R4C2) 
LOG(R2C4) 

MAX(C4) 
MIN(Rl) 



Gives a cumulative total in the current cell or each 
selected cell for Column 3, beginning with Row 4. 
For example: 

C 3 J C 4 J 

[ 4 ] 5.00 

[ 5 ] 10.00 

[ 6 ] 20.00 

If Cells 4, 5, and 6 of Column 4 are selected and 
the above formula is entered, calculation produces 
the following results: 

C 3 ] [ 4 ] 

C 4 ] 5.00 5.00 

[ 5 ] 10.00 15.00 

[ 6 ] 20.00 35.00 

If you enter the formula only in Cell 6 of Column 4, 
the result is: 

[ 3 J L 4 J 
[ 4 ] 5.00 

[ 5 ] 10.00 
[ 6 ] 20.00 35.00 

Displays the cosine of the value of Cell R3C5 (use 
COS((R3C5)* .01745329) if the value in Cell R3C5 
is in degrees instead of radians) 

Displays e raised to the power of the value of Cell 
4,3 (Napierian, or natural exponential e x ) 

Displays the truncated value of Cell R4C2 

Displays the logarithm to the base 10 of the value 
of Cell R2C4 

Displays the maximum value of the current row, 
from Column 4 to the current cell, skipping any 
non-numeric data 

Displays the minimum value in the current column, 
from Row 1 to the current cell, skipping any non- 
numeric data 



:ilA- 



_--i 



51 






y^^^J^^Sm ^ i ^^^ g^^^^^m^ 




Vl$sH&&&%&&&&1* >! Z*?'-*-- ^•'"TVTj-i : *? "-■* '■ 




m^^^m^agsmgm 



/■" 



RMT(#R4C3) 



'^H 

.r^-***^ 

"" , ^^ 



iS^HI 






SGN(R3C4) 
SIN(R2C1) 

SQR(R5C1) 

SUM(R5) 

TAN(R2C3) 



Gives a cumulative total in the current cell or each 
selected cell for Row 4, beginning with Column 3. 
For example: 



] 



If Cells 3, 4, and 5 of Row 5 are selected, and the 
above formula is entered, calculation produces the 
following results: 







[ 3 ] [ 4 ] [ 5 


[ 


4 


] 5.00 10.00 20 


[ 


5 


] 



c 



3 ] [ 4 
5.00 10. 
5.00 15. 



] C 5 ] 
'0 20.00 
'0 35.00 



If you enter the formula only in Cell 5 of Row 5, the 
result is: 



[ 3 
] 5. 

] 



] [ 4 ] [ 5 

10.00 20. 

35. 



] 



Displays the sign of the value in Cell R3C4 (0 if the 
argument is zero, 1.00 if the sign is positive, and 
- 1.00 if the sign is negative) 

Displays the sine of the value of Cell R2C3 (use 
SIN((R2CD* .01745329) if the value in Cell R2C3 
is in degrees instead of radians) 

Displays the square root of the value of Cell R5C1 

Displays the sum of all the values in the current 
column, from Row 5 to the current cell, skipping 
any non-numeric data 

Displays the tangent of the value of Cell R2C3 (use 
TAN((R2C3* .01745329) if the value of Cell R2C3 
is in degrees instead of radians) 



£& 






i 



52 



^WB ^r ' S lSSS^BSgg^C'^ 



WKK U S^SBIi^^S^SBBSSMKSS^SS 



3 

..J // 



Text 



If you require more space for text than a single cell, or if you want a 
more formal-looking worksheet, you may select a block of cells in 
which to enter TEXT. The TEXT boundaries are defined by the 
selected block as a whole, rather than each individual cell in the 
block. The program creates a window for writing, editing, and 
manipulating TEXT. 

Press (CLEAR) (X to enter (or edit existing) TEXT in a selected area. 
Word wrapping is automatic, and you may use limited editing 
features in TEXT. (FD deletes the TEXT character under the marker. 
(CLEAR) QD deletes text from the entry marker to the end of the 
word. (Note that you must use an uppercase W.) (CLEAR) QD deletes 
text from the entry marker to the end of the paragraph (the 
paragraph end is denoted by #). (CLEAR) QD deletes text from the 
entry marker to the end of the TEXT block. 

You may also enlarge a TEXT block. Select a block that completely 
encloses the present TEXT block. Press (CLEAR) CD. The TEXT block 
enlarges. (Note that you cannot combine two existing TEXT blocks.) 
Partial TEXT may be selected, then copied or merged, but the TEXT 
is copied as individual cells. Press (BREM) to exit TEXT. 



Format 



Use FORMAT to change column widths. Press (CLEAR) CD while the 
entry marker is in Row 1. The marker moves up into the Column 
Label area. Move the marker onto a column you want to change. To 
change all columns to the same width, move the entry marker to the 
Column Label area, and press (CLEAR) QD for FORMAT. The 
following message appears on the command line: 

Change column width. Specify {ALL, Width}, {Col. no.,Wiclth[, {Width} 

Type ALL, and the new width to change the width of columns 1 - 99 
(for example, ALL,12). Type a column number, a comma, and the 
new width to change the width of a specific column (for example, 
C5.12). Type only the new width to change the width of the current 
column (for example, 12). 



53 



VSfi' 



Or 



m 







■"^xwKSjjej^,.,,, 



SP^ ^!^B 5 W ?t5!ggsgggg?7 ? ."yq ■?. -.-c?=Egj » r---j 



W r 'r , ';¥^W?<®&$%g%i SiSSIfSi! 



^w^*^g^%$3MM?s 



»*M 



u 



Also use FORMAT to specify a certain number format for existing 
cell data. Place the entry marker on the cell you want to change, and 
press [CLEAR) (4j. The screen shows: 

Specify format- L R D I $: 

At the data entry line, enter the letter for the format you wish to 
use, as follows: 

L = left -justified 

R = right -justified 

D = decimal (enter number of decimal places, up to 14) 

I = integer (whole number) 

$ = dollar format (two digits after the decimal) 

(Note that you may enter more than 14 digits after a decimal, but 
precision is lost after 14.) You may also select a group of cells for 
which to specify a format. 



Lerge 



Press ( CLEAR) (3D to save a selected block to diskette, or insert data 
from a diskette file at the current marker position, if nothing is 
selected. One of the following prompts displays: 

Enter Save filename: 



Enter Load filename: 

At the data entry prompt, enter the name of the file in which you 
wish to SAVE the selected block, or from which you wish to LOAD 
and insert at the current marker position. (If TEXT is encountered 
while saving, and the entire TEXT block is not included in the 
selected area, the TEXT is copied as individual cells.) 



k ». 



IT 






t :--.. 



m~ 



54 






$gj! ^#§ & $$i g0 




_ .aaSgHaiai-, 



Mffl®8&B8fflBBBB®m 



Select 



SELECT defines a block of the worksheet on which to perform some 
other operation. Position the entry marker on the first cell for the 
block, and press (CLEAR! QD. Move the marker to the last cell you 
wish to include. All selected cells are highlighted. 

After vou select the block, use FORMULA, TEXT, FORMAT, 
MERGE, COPY, DELETE, or PRINT on the block. If you use any 
other function or exit the worksheet, the block is unselected. 



Press (CLEAR) CD to place a selected area in the copy buffer. If TEXT 
is encountered and the entire TEXT block is not included, the TEXT 
is copied as individual cells. Use INSERT to place the contents of the 
copy buffer in another area on the worksheet. 

If no cells are selected, press (CLEAR) CD to place the current 
contents of the copy buffer into a document (TEXT file). The screen 
shows: 

Enter filename: 

Enter the name of the document file. 



Delete 



In a Row or Column Label, press (CLEAR) GD to DELETE the entire 
row or column. All formulas and TEXT blocks are adjusted to 
correctly reflect the row or column deletion. 

On the worksheet, press (CLjAR) QD to DELETE the data in the 
current cell or all selected cells. If TEXT is encountered and the 
entire TEXT block is not included in the selected area, the TEXT is 
skipped, and deletion continues with the next non-TEXT cell. 



55 



II 

I 



tm 



lif 






> '^^P|^^^^S^^ g ^^ s ?2"^ 




SSgRJ$Sg'si*S$ 



&%gt?!»»A*r*0O'F**r.i?} 



; ■.-T--:- .r-n-yE-';.*^-; 



'^3 



Ik. *A 



Insert 



In a Row or Column Label, press (mm CD to INSERT a blank row 
™ n f the current row or column position. All formulas and 
1EXI blocks are adjusted to correctly reflect the row or column 
addition. Note that if you add a new row or column above or to the 

P^t T ^ XT bl ° Ck ' data in any row or column P ushed "under" the 
TEXT block is lost. 

On the worksheet, press (CLEAR) ® to INSERT the contents of the 
copy buffer at the current entry marker position. 



W 






Print 



Press (mm CD to PRINT the selected area of the worksheet or 
the current window if no area is selected. An area selected for 
printing may include the entire worksheet. Make sure your printer is 
set correctly (in Subfunction 5, PRINTER) before vou use the PRINT 
function. 



Outcomes 



Press (mm CD to clear OUTCOMES on the worksheet. Any 
formulas or other data remain intact; only calculated results are 
cleared. 



■-^SSiEasifc 



m. m 



56 



9 I 



1 



">> 



%gSl&§$t!%i§Sg&^.i&, 




K|H8M?$g!jg?37^^fB*w3sg«^^ 



SK-ssssRsess 






•SSBSfslj 



■m0m 



.3 



.3 



FILER OVERVIEW 



The FILER application provides information storage and retrieval. 
FILER is similar in function to a card indexing system and is easy 
to set up, maintain, and access. You can refer to the files you set up 
at any time. 

FILER allows you to set up your own data entry form for each file so 
that you can include any information in any format. You can sort or 
search for a record by any of the fields you set up on the FILER form. 
You can also automatically dial a phone number listed in your file, 
print records or list them to the screen, combine two FILER files, 
add or delete records from the file, and copy records to another disk 
file. 



Screens 



The five FILER HELP screens contain brief summaries of the 
functions and ways to use them. Within the FILER application, press 
(ID for the subfunctions. Then, press (CLEAR) QD- After the first 
HELP screen displays, press (EHTER) for the second screen. (F3) 
returns to the main FILER screen. 



The third HELP screen is for the FIND function. Press (CLEAR) 
QD for FIND, then (F2) for the subfunctions. Next press (CLEAR) CD 
for FIND HELP. (F3) returns to the FILER FIND screen. 

The fourth HELP screen is for the DISPLAY function. Press (CLEAR 



CD for DISPLAY, then (ED for the subfunctions. Next, press (CLEAR) 
CD for DISPLAY HELP. (F3) returns to the FILER DISPLAY screen. 



The last screen is for the FORM function. Press (C LEAR) ( D for 
FORM, then (F2) for the subfunctions. Next, press (CLEAR) CD for 
FORM HELP. (F3) returns to the FILER FORM screen. 



57 



ms 



m 



iBl 



lii§ 



hh 






w* 



^^gMfe a g^ g^gji^ggast^ffy^l 




fi®£!?SBSS3S%W3SS 



gggfgpggggUp- 



L-M 



*j 



L -J 



To open an existing file, position the marker over the filename, and 
press (ENTER) , The first record in that file displays. 



To create a new file, place the marker over Filer and press (ENTER) , A 
blank FORM screen appears. 

Set up a form for a new file, following the instructions outlined in 
"Setting Up a Form" and "FILER FUNCTIONS — Form." 

When you open an existing file, one for which a form is defined, the 
first record (according to the ORDER you set) displays. A blank 
FILER entry screen displays if a file form exists, but no records are 
current lv in the file. 



r *~§jfi 



Examine or change the displayed record, or press (CLEAR) CHD to 
display the next record. If no records are in the file (a blank record 
form displays), you may enter the data for your first record. (See 
"Adding Records." 



Setting up 
a Form 



Before you enter records into a file, you must set up a FORM for that 
file. (If no form exists for a file, the FILER — FORM screen displays 
after you open the file.) Set up the labels and fields you want to 
include in your file. (See "FILER FUNCTIONS — Form" for more 
information.) 

If you plan to MERGE this file with another, the forms for the two 
files must be identical. You may want to make a copy of the current 
file before you add any records, to assure that the two forms are 
identical. (See "Merge — Copying a form to use in another file.") 



IL 



58 



L^i 



'^^^SSS^t^'^^^f^^ 1 ^ 




■gSg^?«?^*»*!?e«^tt^ 



%W^0Ws0^$W$ 






Adding 
Records 

After vou set up a form, a blank form displays for record entry (If 
Alter you set up a uj , f record in the file displays, 

you are opening an existmgfile, the lirst record in 
Edit the record, or press (CLMR) CD to display a blank form.) 

The entry screens are always in the overstrike mode; each character 
replaces the character at the current marker position, lype the 
rS^d2 for each field. Alphanumeric (letters and numbers) 
Sd^^-tified. Numeric fields are ^^^^f 
or risht-iustified if there is no decimal. Press GSSB) after each tieitt. 
Uselhe S arrow keys to move through the data fields as desired. 

Press (CLEAR) ® to add the record and display ai^tok form. 
CFD adds the record and returns to the mam FILER screen. 

As vou add records, they automatically sort by the primary key field, 
t determmed Ty the form. If you used the ORDER function, records 
sort b ^ the key fields first, then the rest of the fields in descending 
^X^sry. Records sort correctly, regardless of the order m 
which they are added. 



SB 



ii \m 



tQ 






59 



SKitWik. g 



g^g-^tf g j ^ ^^^g^Sfea^p 




[vt^S?^ *£"£ ■'*-* --^y^gw^-*: 



te*p-?^5^S^^^^;i*SS? 



l&r" 



Arrow 

Keys 



Use the arrow keys to move the marker a character or line at a time 
Pressing (SHIFT) or (CLEAR) along with the arrow keys moves the 
marker more rapidly. See Table 7. 



O 





with (SEED 
moves the marker: 




Key by itself 


with (CLEAR) 


GD one character to 
the right 


to the field 
area in FORM 


to the next FIND 
match or to the 
next record 



one character to 
the left 



to the Label area 
in FORM 



to the previous 
FIND match or 
to the previous 
record 



CD one line up in 
the current 
column or to the 
first character in 
the previous field 



to the first field 
on the screen 



to the first FIND 
match or to the 
first record on 
file 



CD one line down in 
the current 
column or to the 
first character in 
the next field 



to the last field 
on the screen 



to the last FIND 
match or to the 
last record on 
file 



Table 7. FILER Marker Movement Keys. 



p-^jk. 



•»** M 



■tofe 



60 







mammmm 



61 



1 14 






J i iti 



Printing 
Records 



You can print all or part of a FILER ^^^^^ ^ 
records use the PRINT function. (See "HLER * UNCTION 
Print.") The records print horizontally across the paper. 

You can also use the SCREEN subfunction to print a single record. 
Screen prints the record in the same format as it appears on the 
screen. Use the FIND function or the arrow keys to display the 
record you want to print. 



si- 

fill 
II 



ijf ; ; 



ssm . . ; .urn 



m 



i 



*v -* 



r rg 




^^^'T?'J?"' 5 ^^'"*^ ? ^^'^ S E^?S' 



S ^^^^?S^S^S? 



FILER 
FUNCTIONS 



The FILER functions display at the bottom of the screen. To use a 
function hold down the (CLEAR) key, and press the number for the 
desired function. 



Find 



Press (CLIAR) dD to search for and FIND a record or group of 
records The FIND function screen displays a blank form with the 
FIND functions (EQUAL, GREATER, LESS, RESET, MARK ) at the 
bottom of the screen. The marker is on the primary key (ORDER) 

Type the search datafor each field (including * and ? if you wish), 
and press (MLER) or CD. Use * and ? as "wildcard" indicators. Type 
• before or after data in a field to disregard all characters that " 
appear before or after the data, respectively. Use of ? is similar 
except that it causes only one character to be ignored. (Use wildcard 
mohcators only if you use equal ( = ) as the FIND operator.) Press 
CENIERJ or CD to skip any field. 

Press (CTffl) arid a function number CD, ®, or CD to set the FIND 
criteria EQUAL to, GREATER than or equal to, or LESS than or 

phTta ° Al m f °™ atl0n y° u have ^Ped in that field. The default is 
l^UAL. (Choose the function any time the marker is over the 
appropriate field _ before, during, or after you enter the data.) 

Pre r Wi°^T n th f S6arCh - If S6arch Cntena exists fo r more than 
one field FIND searches for records that match all the criteria All 

U^r^iSf Ttu t 5l Cntena are found - a *d the first one displays. 
Use mm with the Q and Q keys to scroll forward or backward 
through the records. 



E-i 



<*3- Jg, J£ 



5 ^. 



62 



^ 



&>*■ 



"j ^^^^^j^^i^ ^' ^Aa^^M^ff - ^ *? 






m* 



w&@^®£gm 



3&MBS0H 






Special FIND functions 



are: 



RESET 



1ARK 



Press (CLlAR) ® to RESET the FIND criteria The 
records are reset, and the main FILER screen is 
displayed. 

Press (mm © to MARK (or unmark) fields to 
appear when the DISPLAY and PRINT functions 
are used. Marked fields are visible - displayable or 
printable. An asterisk appears m the Label area of 

dd,XtS fleldS - InvisibIe fleld s do not DISPLAY or 
PRINT. The default is visible. 



Call 



Press CSH5) CD to dial any phone number currently highlighted If 
you are using an auto dialing modem and a valid sequence of 
numbers is highlighted, the number is dialed. Pick up the t ephone 

Po r^ whiT mal ™ atl ° n - FILER nation resumes t te 
point at which you made the request. Check the Voice Dialing 
settings in TELECOM before you use CALL. g 



P 



Mi 



m 






*"!_.. -ill 



■00m 






:--3 



*M 



Z3 



Display 



find SSa® t0 displays a list of a11 records that match the 

A label line displays at the top of the screen. The data for the 
reco rd s chosen displays horizontally; the data for eacn fid appears 
und r lt s corresponding label. The length of each field i determmed 
by the maximum length of data for that field. Two spa es e 
inserted between each field. 

Wrapping. If the records take up more than 80 characters across 
he s Cr een the records (label line and data lines, wrap to l" n ^t 
line, indented five spaces. 



63 



ii^ife^ 






$&««■. 



^^^^^Ti^f^g^jgfw j g a sj ^ ii^^gi 




mmmmmggm 



i^sri 



Eliminating fields from the display. If you do not wish to display 
certain fields, unmark those fields in FIND. 

Scrolling through the records. If more records are chosen to 
display than will fit on the screen, use the arrow keys to scroll 
through the records. (See "Arrow Keys.") 

Press (F3) to return to the main FILER screen. 



I 
r t: 






i 



Print 



Press (CLEAR) GD to PRINT a list of all records that match the 
FIND criteria. Make sure that you have first set the printer settings 
in Subfunction 5, PRINTER. 

The record list prints. A label line appears across the top of the 
paper. The data for the records chosen prints horizontally; each field 
appears under its corresponding label. The length of each field is 
determined by the length you set up in the FORM function. Two 
spaces are inserted between each field. 

Wrapping. If the records use more characters than are available on 
one line, the records (label line and data lines) wrap to the next line, 
indented five spaces. 

Eliminating fields from the list. If you do not wish to print certain 
fields, unmark those fields in FIND. 



Form 



Press (CLEAR) QD to display the FORM screen. For each field you 
want to include in your record, you must set up a field in FORM. A 
form field line consists of a Label and a Field area. You can define a 
form with up to 21 fields. Press (F3) to save the form. 



E"?# 



C* eB5a * v »"W «Hi 



I Z^r' 



64 



"€$k($te.r. 



.^^^fss^p?l^^^i^~^^5^^^^^^^ 




Defining a Label 

The left side of the screen is reserved for field labels A Jabdalwa^ 
begins at the left margin. Type one or more characters (up tol5) on 
a Hne in this area to create a new field on that line. Press , (HffiB 
after you complete the label. The Label area fills in with .* i hne ol 
dots and a colon. The marker is positioned to set up the FORM for 
the Field area. 

Note- For blank lines between field lines, press dfflffl) or CD before 
you enter any characters in the Label area. 






\m 



\* : w 



Defining a Field Area 



Press mm in the first position of the Field area to display a line 
of dots^nTspecify a maximum of 58 alphanumeric characters for 
1 daia in this field. (See "NUMBER" if you want to set up a 
numeric field.) Press dEUE again to move to the next line. 

4- qkk rinfc nnrl rrress (ENTER) for a maximum 
You may also type up to 255 dots and press imuj 
length equal to the number of dots you type. If the field ^length is 
heater than 58, it wraps to the Field area in the next line. The 
Label area on that line is left blank. 

You can also use "edit" characters - characters that convey a 
litain type of required entry - in either alphanumeric or numeric 
data fields A common use of edit characters is for formatting 
telephone numbers; for example: 



£■■) 


a 


-■**_ 


v 


^ 


-^ 


,.,,,-WI 


~%i 


;— - 


.3 


■■ a 


"3 



The parentheses and the dash are «* f"^.^^f 
over during data entry. Use a comma (,) as an edit ^ter 
numeric field to indicate the placement of a decimal point. 



:3 



65 






s^^^^^>^^^m^^s??if^^i^%A^^^^'^^^ 



Toffee •:£ - '".-- 



m& 






^n^ 



Form Functions 



Special FORM functions are: 



ORDER 



In data entry, records are sorted in the ORDER you 
set here. The ordered, or key, fields are sorted first, 
in ascending order. Then, the rest of the fields are 
sorted in their order of appearance on the screen. 
The priority number of ordered keys appears in the 
Label area on the screen. 



Press (CLEAR) QD to make the field under the 
marker a key field. The screen shows: 

Priority number: 

Enter the next available priority for this key (in 1, 
2, 3 order). If you press (ENTER) without entering a 
priority number, the field is given the next available 
number (1 if no fields are ordered yet). The priority 
number appears in the Label area. 

If you choose a field that is already a key, press 
( ENTER) to leave the priority unchanged, or enter a 
new priority. If an existing priority is used, the 
priority numbers are shifted to allow for it. 

A priority number of removes the key status of a 
field and reorders the keys. 



PACK 






tf 



Press (CLEAR) CD to PACK the file when the 
efficiency decreases because of many additions, 
deletions, and changes to records. The file efficiency 
(A, B, C, or D) displays on the FORM screen. PACK 
if the efficiency drops below B. If efficiency drops to 
D, it displays on the main FILER screen. Use 
PACK to recover lost diskette space. 



UMBER 



Press (CLEAR) QD to specify the field under the 
marker as numeric field. A number sign (#) 
appears in place of the colon for a numeric field. 
(Press (CLEAR) (2) again to change the field back to 
alphanumeric.) 



66 ' ' 



"" weB 1 



ij&?'- 



rrTR**'-< 






!jm& 



«i -wMjEi^r r | 









k £ 



**<*.. 



" ■» " 




?s?nE»^aa®HBS85ar* 



2 
i 



DELETE 



ADD 



If the field is not yet set up, press (CUSS) CD, then 
(ENTER) to set up the field as: 1.2 digits, a decimal, 
and 2 decimal places. (A comma represents a 
decimal in FORM.) You may edit the number of 
digits on either side of the decimal with ADD or 
DELETE. Data entered in the field aligns around 
the decimal. 

If the field is already defined, NUMBER simply 
right-justifies any data entered in the field when 
you display or print it. 

In the Field area, press @LEM) 33 to DELETE the 
character under the marker. 

In the Label area, press (CLEAR) CSD to DELETE 
the entire field, including the label. 

In the Field area, press (CLEAR ) GD to ADD one 
character at the current marker position. 

In the Label area, press SHAH) ® to ADD a new 
field at the current marker position. All fields below 
the marker move down one line. 



i 






ifit 



*m ill 
"1 ""' 






^3 



Merge 

Press (CLEAR) © to MERGE another FILER file into the current 
file. The screen shows: 

Merge from: 

Enter the name of the file you want to merge into this file. If the file 
forms are exactly the same, copies of all the records in the (irom) 
file are merged into this file. If duplicate records exist in the two 
files, the extra records are not merged into the file. 



•fc M 



67 



'^WS^^^^SH^si^if^s^xi 




W£?&Wf^M?& 




Wi<I^^M!!SW$W&%^$: 



NH 



L. -J 



the P fo m S of Z f ^ an ? th6r flle ' When y ° U me ^ e two fi^. 

maktXfi p ^ k^ ldentiCaL SinCe ° ne Character diffe ^nce 

makes the files incompatible, make a copy of this file after you set up 
your form (before you enter any records). You can do this at the 
operating system level or at the Main Menu. 

AtTRSDOS Ready type COPY oldfUe /FIL:1 TO newfile /FIL:1 

E,? T " P CSte ° f thG flle " The flrst name is «* file 
from which you are copying; the second is the destination file 



Select 



f .mm 



SketS pt £ f a record for copying to a document file on 
r^ A the marker ° Ver the flrst fleld ' s d ^a to select then 
nrp« CCLEAFD ® Move the marker to the last field to include' All 



press 



selected data is highlighted. Now COPY the selected area. 



Copy 



Press mm CD to COPY to a document file on diskette the field 
contents of a selected record. The screen shows: 

TO: 

dTrt TT ° f '^ dlSk l tte flle mt ° Which you wish to COPY the 
data. The data appends to the specified document file. 



Delete 



Press mm QD to DELETE the record currently displayed. 



L~ 



*■'■'-" . ^ ; '^*Si.,. i( - w. 



68 



^ Kg y ?gM?a ^ g^ !^ gS^ .- @^ ! l - 'g:" 




^^^^PP^iT^^^S^I^S^S^ 







mMMManHMF 



! \ 
J 



Add 



Press (CUM) GD to ADD a record to the file. A blank record form 
appears. Type the record data. Press (ENTERl after completing 
each field. 

When a record that you are adding or editing is displayed, press 
(CLEAR) GD to update the record on the screen. A blank record form 
for adding another record displays. If you do not wish to add another 
record, press (ED to update the record on the screen and return to the 
main FILER screen. 



plH^^ 



£ti 



fii 



**1 LJU| 



-J 






^%: 



-A 



69 



cMir.-. 



■^if^i^t&g^^^m^f^^fint^ 1 '-''^ ~"~ ""H 




ttgsie%0&Q&***$g&i!& 



v'^lK'ibi-^itS%S^!s^^&>^^^S 



^.^wiitmmmmM^m-. 



I 



i^S^': 



B*Z 



i--5^»«^Bfc_ ft 



E 



i? ^ gg Sjj^^& ^^^g^ ^Mi^^^ l ^gsiFig*'^^ ; ! 




•■ - 1-. -. .. 






M^^WCTW 



km 



I 

1 

If 



1 , 



TELECOM is a telecommunications application, designed for 
communication between the DeskMate computer and another 
computer running a host program. TELECOM can transmit and 
receive any type code, including machine-language. Hookup to the 
host computer may be over telephone lines or direct. 



*.«ssr 



Help 

Screens 



^ 


y 


xaa) 


tiJ 


~- 


41 



There are several TELECOM HELP screens. These screens contain 
brief summaries of the functions and ways to use them. Within the 
TELECOM application, press (F2) for the subfunctions. Then, press 
(mm COD to display general TELECOM HELP. HELP is also 
available for Modem Definition, Computer Dialing Definition, Voice 
Dialing Definition, Answer Mode Definition, and TERMINAL. 

Choose a function, then press (F2), then (CLEAR) QD to display HELP 
for that function. Press (ENTER) for each successive screen. (ED 
returns to the appropriate TELECOM screen. 



Setting the 
Status 



The first step in communicating with a host computer is to connect a 
modem to the DeskMate computer. Refer to your modem's operating 
instructions for details. 






m 



m 



It- 



m 



J 






71 









k 



After the modem is prope rly connected and set, place the marker over 
Telecom, and press CENTER). The screen shows the Current (default) 
Telecom Status Settings: 



Telecom 

Current Status Settings: 

Auto Dialing Modem yes No 

BAUD Rate ujaf i 5 

Word Length 7 8 

Parity Even Odd 

Stop Bits 1 2 

Support XDN/XQFF Yes No 

ASCII Character Filter Yes No 

Auto Line Feed Yes No 

Self Echo Yes No 

Retries a 







02/25/85 


10:30am 


300 


em 


1200 2400 4800 9600 


None 









[0] 

RESET 



[1] 

SELECT 



[2] [3] [4] 

AUTOLOG EDITLOG TERM 



BUFFER: Used: 
[5] [6] [7] 
DISPLAY PRINT SAVE 



Free: xxxxx 
[8] [9] 

LOAD CLEAR 



To change a setting, use the arrow keys to move the marker to the 
correct value, then press (ENTER) . The new setting is highlighted. 
(Hold down (SHIFT), and press QD,OD. Q or Qto move to the top 
line, bottom line, leftmost value, or rightmost value.) 

If you are using an Auto Dialing Modern, change the status to Yes. 
Note that if you are directly connecting the DeskMate as host to 
another computer, the Auto Dialing Modem status must be No. 

Refer to the host's requirement for BAUD Rate, Word Length, Parity, 
and number of Stop Bits settings. In most cases, you can use the 
default values. Check your modem's operating instructions for its 
maximum baud rate. (The 4800 and 9600 baud rates are for 
transmission between computers that are directly connected.) 

If you use Support XON/OFF, transmission to a host computer stops 
when the host sends an XOFF. Transmission resumes when the host 
sends an XON. Also, TELECOM sends an XOFF to pause trans- 
mission from the host computer when data is coming in too fast tor 
the input buffer to handle it. TELECOM sends an XON to resume 
transmission. 



72 



EK 



i^^sfesn 



" ■■?■-- 

-L. ■'- 







"'"■WSWSJH-,-^, 






Turn on the ASCII Cha motor Fi if ™ + j- i 

, ime leea, torm feed, carriage return, and escape. 

Turn on the Auto Line Feed to add a line feed (X'OA'l aft* i, 
carnage return <X'0D') received. Turn the notion !ff „ T 
incoming hne feeds and carnage returns Isl" "^ 

Slft p t"lft he° P h 10 t ''k 116 h °, St d ° 6S mt Mh ° the ^ vou send 
dopLf eCh ° eS ' he t6Xt ' tUrn off the Mf Echo (full 

Enter the number of Retries vnn w^t if u 

Phe =b er or 0,.^=^ £ ~ f^ner 















.•^r 



._*l 



%> M 



73 



'«3a.- 



S'S^S^SftWwPtS 







TELECOM 

FUNCTIONS 



The TELECOM functions display at the bottom of the screen. To use 
a function, hold down the (CLEAR) key, and press the number for the 
desired function. 



Reset 



cor-;-, 



Press (CLEAR) C3D to RESET the TELECOM Status screen to the 
default settings. Current settings are always highlighted. 



Select 



Press (CLEAR) CD to change the current status line to the setting 
under the marker. Altern ately, you may place the marker on a 
setting, and press (ENTER) to select it. At Auto Dialing Modem, 
selecting Yes displays the Modem Definition screen. Following are the 
Modem Definition functions for voice dialing, computer dialing, and 
answer mode. 



COM P Computer Dialing Definition defines the dialing 

sequence your modem uses when executing auto 
logon sequences in TERMINAL. (This is the dialing 
sequence, not the logon sequence.) Determine the 
specific dialing sequence for your modem, then press 
(CLEAR) CD to display the Computer Dialing 
Definition functions. 

Press (CLEAR) CD to send the phone NUMBER to the 
DeskMate modem. Send Phone Number to Modem 
appears on the screen. 



fc- 




r 


■ ~ it V; 


[- 


k-~3N- 




' ^ 


[_ 


— ^«F- 




' >?■&" 


f ~ 


~ -£T * 


iz 


—51* 



^frftW^gteow-te. JK 



74 



<at« 










^ -;-J^ 



VOICE 






Press (CLEAR) (T) to RECEIVE text from the modem. 
Receive: appears on the screen. Type the text you 
expect to receive from the modem, and press (ENTER) . 

Press (CLEAR! GD to SEND text to the modem. Send: 
appears on the screen. Type the text to send, and 
press (ENTER] , 



Press (CLEAR) (3D to PAUSE during a command 
sequence. Pause: appears on the screen. Type the 
number of seconds to pause, and press (ENTER) . 

Press (CLEAR) © (WAITNC) to Wait for No Carrier 
detect before continuing. Wait for no Data Carrier 
Detect appears on the screen. 



Press (CLEAR) GD (WAITC) to Wait for Carrier detect 
before continuing. Wait for Data Carrier Detect 
appears on the screen. 



Press (CLEAR) ® to DELETE the line under the 
marker. 



Press (CLEAR) GD to INSERT a blank line at the 
current marker position. 

Press (F3) to save the completed computer dialing 
sequence and return to the Status screen. 



Voice Dialing Definition defines the dialing sequence 
your modem uses when auto dialing phone numbers 
in the PHONE and FILER applications. Determine 
the specific sequence for your modem, then press 
(CLEAR) CD to display the Voice Dialing Definition 
functions. The Voice Dialing functions are the same 
as those for Computer Dialing. 

Press (ED to save the completed voice dialing sequence 
and return to the Status screen. 



75 



tik 



IK "St 



■SNIP 









£&■ 






:r 







^B^^^^E^-^ 



?**x^^y>?%&s&fsgi-~< 



■m 






\~j^ 



ANSWER Answer Mode Definition defines the answer sequence 

your modem uses for answering the remote when 
DeskMate is in the Host mode. Determine the 
specific answer sequence for your modem, then press 
(CLEAR) GD to display the Answer Mode Definition 
functions. 

Press (CLEAR) CD to RECEIVE text from the remote 
modem. Receive: appears on the screen. Type the text 
you expect to receive from the modem, and press 
(ENTrR). 

Press (CHAR) QD to SEND text to the remote 
modem. Send: appears on the screen. Type the text to 
send, and press (MTU). 

Press (CLEAR) C3D to PAUSE during a command 
sequence. Pause: appears on the screen. Type the 
number of seconds to pause, and press dNTER). 

Press (CHAR) (E) (WAITNC) to Wait for No Carrier 
detect before continuing. Wait for no Data Carrier 
appears on the screen. 

Press (CLEAR) © (WAITC) to Wait for Carrier detect 
before continuing. Wait for Data Carrier Detect 
appears on the screen. 

Press (CLEAR) S3 to DELETE the line under the 
marker. 

Press (CLEAR) ® to INSERT a blank line at the 
current marker position. 

Press (F3) to save the completed answer sequence and 
return to the Status screen. 



'^f 



m~ 






i ? 






% f 



76 



1%**- ~"~ "" * 







Autolog 



Press (CLEAR) GD to execute an automatic logon sequence. The name 
of the auto logon file currently in RAM (if any) displays at the 
bottom of the screen. Press (ENTER! to use the current file, or enter 
the filename for the auto logon you wish to use. 

If the carrier is detected, TELECOM executes the auto logon 
sequence and goes into the interactive TERMINAL mode. If no 
carrier is detected, TELECOM waits 5-10 seconds, then redials (if 
the Retries setting on the Status screen is greater than 0). 



Editlog 















Press (CLEAR) (T) to create or edit an automatic logon sequence. The 
name of the auto logon file currently in RAM (if any) displays at the 
bottom of the screen. Press (ENTER) to use the current file, or enter a 
filename for the auto logon you wish to create or edit. 

If you are creating a new file, File not in directory displays. Press 
(ENTER) again. The Autolog Editor screen appears. Use the functions 
to create an autolog sequence, entering the appropriate prompts or 
responses for the host computer. Note that to enter the control 
character D in the logon sequence, you press (CLEAR) CD. Special 
EDITLOG functions are: 



STATUS 



CALL 



RECEIVE 



Press (CUM) GD to place the current status in the 
autolog sequence. The Status screen displays. Set the 
status as you want it, then press (ED. A summary of 
the status displays on the screen. 



Press (C LEAR ) CD to place a dialing sequence in the 
autolog sequence. Type the dialing sequence, and 
press ( ENTER) . 



Press ( CLEAR) (T) to RECEIVE text (a host prompt) 
from the host computer. Receive: appears on the 
screen. Type the text you expect to receive from the 
host, including any control codes, and press (ENTER). 



M 



;?*fc» 




Kg? 'K^£gigs£#4iz 




£? 



o 



SEND 



PAUSE 



DELETE 



INSERT 



Press (CLEAR) (3D to SEND text (your response to the 
host prompt) to the host computer. Send: app ears o n 
the screen. Type the text to send, and press (ENTER) . 

Press (CLEAR) QD to PAUSE during a command 
sequence. Pause: appears on the screen. Press 
(ENTER) for 1 second, or type the number of seconds 
to pause, and press (ENTER) . 

Press (CLEAR) QD to DELETE the sequence line 
under the marker. 

Press (CLEAR) 3D to INSERT a blank sequence line 
at the current marker position. Use the appropriate 
function to enter the sequence item. 



:3S 



I 



yp** 






■sli^ 






Press (F3). Press (ENTER) to save the completed auto logon sequence in 
the current file. Enter a new filename to save the sequence in a 
different file. The Status screen returns. 






78 







M^s n^rr H-"r- tY^H^ ^Pe^ 7 cAfTv^e. cttMfi-cve&s 
X^ £Aa\ 6uFP^- t v^st^oj. CLe4^ (o) 



'vFP^. fD DizSK. 



Terminal 



:3 



•3 

"*5i 



^~ 



Press CCLEAR) GD to enter the interactive TERMINAL mode. In the 
interactive terminal mode, characters you type are sent to the host 
program. Incoming characters display as they are received. If the 
host program echoes your transmissions, they display also. (If the 
host does not echo, you can use the self echo option on the Status 
screen to display your keyboard input.) Special TERMINAL 
functions are: 

BUFFER Press (CLEAR) QD to open or close the RAM BUFFER 

for capturing the text of the TERMINAL session. You 
may examine the text later, using the DISPLAY or 
PRINT function on the Status screen. When you open 
the buffer, incoming text appends to the current 
buffer contents. A "BUFFER FULL" message is 
displayed whenever applicable. 

CLEAR Press (CLEAR) CD to CLEAR the contents of the 

RAM buffer. All data in the buffer is lost when you 
use this function. 

RECEIVE Press (CLEAR) CD to RECEIVE a downloaded file 

from the host computer. Receive What File? appears 
on the screen. Type the filename, and press (ENTER). 
There are no restrictions on file type. 

Note: Use 8-bit transmission, and turn off all filters 
and character translation options when 
receiving binary data. 

SEND Press (CLEAR) GD to SEND (upload or transmit) a 

diskette file to the host computer. Send Which File? 
appears on the screen. Type the name of the diskette 
file, and press (ENTER) . 

PRINTER Press (CLEAR) QD to turn on or off the PRINTER 

option. When the option is on, the text of the 
TERMINAL session is sent to the printer as it is 
received and displayed. (If the ASCII Character 
Filter is on, only codes 20-7F Hex, 08, 09, 0A, 0C, 
0D, and IB are sent.) 



79 






-a T*S 

3JS; 






i|-#t:- 



lilib 
ii3® 



l^ 8 *^ -M 




iS??^?!®'????^^^^ 






J 



tt 



When the PRINTER option is on, transmission is 
much slower. Also, if the baud rate at which you are 
transmitting is greater than the maximum character 
input rate of your printer, some characters are lost 
as they are sent to the printer. Check your printer's 
specifications for its maximum character input rate. 



BREAK 



CALL 



Press (CLEAR) © to generate a BREAK sequence 
(250ms null). 



Press (CLEAR) (W) to auto dial a phone number (for 
example, an information service number). Call which 
number appears on the screen. Type the dialing 
sequence, and press (ENTER) . If a carrier is detected, 
TELECOM goes to the interactive terminal mode. If 
no carrier is detected, TELECOM waits 5-10 seconds, 
then redials (if the number of retries on the Status 
screen is greater than 0). 



DISC 



Press (CLEAR) 2D to DISCONNECT communication 
with the host (hang up the phone). 



Press (F3) to return to the Status screen. 



Display 



Press (CLEAR) © to DISPLAY the contents of the RAM buffer. Press 
(SHIFT) dD to pause the display. Press any key to continue. Press 
any key to return to the Status screen after the buffer display is 
complete. 



Print 









I'M 






p3£ 












M> 







Press (CHAR) (6J to PRINT the contents of the RAM buffer. 
Status screen displays after the buffer print is complete. 



The 



80 



Save 



;a // 



■n 



Press (CLEAR) CD to SAVE the contents of the RAM buffer on 
diskette as a document (TEXT application) file. Enter a filename for 
the document. The Status screen displays after the file is saved. 






Press (CLEAR) GD to LOAD a file from diskette to the RAM buffer. 
Enter the name of the file from which to load. The Status screen 
displays after the file is loaded. 



Clear 



Press (CLEAR) GD to CLEAR the RAM buffer. All contents are lost 
when the buffer is cleared. 



j^-.'SS 



m 



It ■ ^*s** 









[1% 



■■•*1 



\% 



81 









s> * 



gl 




ps^w^i^^a^wjs^ 



"%. 



i 3 Jr 






L. 












i*W- 



|^^^^S^?^^§^^S3^5i§ip5SgS!S^a®fi 



CALENDAR OVERVIEW 



The CALENDAR application is an event scheduler. It can be used as 
a general purpose calendar and planner to replace your desk calendar 
and datebook. It records important events, their dates, and their 
times so that you can refer to them at any time. It also maps the 
times that events are scheduled for the entire week, beginning with 
the current day. You can see your weekly schedule at a glance. 

You can search for an event by date, time, and description, print a 
list of and set the alarm for selected events, combine two 
CALENDAR files, add and delete events from the calendar, and copy 
events to another disk file. 



l-m 



Help 
Screens 

The three CALENDAR HELP screens contain brief summaries of the 
functions and ways to use them. Within the CALENDAR application 
press (FD for the subfunctions. Then, press (CLEAR) ®- Afterthe first 
HELP screen displays, press (ENTER) for the second screen. (F3) 
returns to the main CALENDAR screen. 

The third HELP screen is for the FIND function. Press (CLlAR) CD 
for FIND, then press (ED for the subfunctions. (ED returns to the 
CALENDAR FIND screen. 



83 







s J 









tL--SE 



To open an existing event file, position the marker over the filename, 
and press CENTER) . A listing of events in that file displays in 
chronological order. 

To create a new file, place the marker over Calendar, and press 
CENTER) . A CALENDAR entry/edit screen displays. 

In the upper left corner of the screen is the Weekly Time Chart. The 
days of the week (Mori, Tue, and so forth), beginning with the 
current day, display down the left side of this area. The times of day, 
beginning with 12:00am, display across the top. 

Any events for the week are marked with asterisks ( * ) in the day 
and time slots to which they correspond. When event times conflict 
with each other, the conflicting times are marked with an 
exclamation point ( ! ). 

In the upper right corner of the screen is the Month Calendar, which 
is similar to a standard desk calendar. The current date is 
highlighted. 

In the bottom section of the screen is the Daily Events Calendar, in 
which events are entered and displayed. 



Adding 

Events 



CALENDAR is always in the overstrike mode; each character 
replaces the character at the current marker position. Add an event 
on a blank line simply by entering the appropriate data. Enter the 
fields as follows: 

Enter the DATE of the event in mm/dd/yyyy format. JForexample, 
type 10/22/1984 CENTER) for October 22, 1984. Press IENTJE) to use 
the current date. 



84 



hSR 1 ' 






r^Ssr- 






L' % 

r. "_^ 




'l^^^^^r^^^S^^^^^^i^'^t^ 



> 



Enter the time (12-hour) at which the event BEGINs in 00:00x 
format. For example, type 0730a (ENUR) for 7:30am. 

Enter the time (12-hour) at which the event ENDs in 00:00x format. 
For example, type 1208p (ENTER) for 8 minutes after noon. 

Enter a DESCRIPTION of up to 44 characters for the event. (No 
uppercase/lowercase distinctions are made when searching for events. 
A and a are the same.) 

After an event file is created and contains events, the display/entry 
screen displavs the events for the current day. To add an event, use 
the ADD function ((HHH) ®». (See "CALENDAR FUNCTIONS.") 

Events automatically sort in DATE/TIME order regardless of the 
order in which they are added to the file. 



IIS 

3 









ttsj] 

":i 
-"4 



Defining and Manipulating 

Event Blocks 



CALENDAR allows you to define sections, or blocks, of events that 
vou can duplicate and save to a TEXT file (COPY), MERGE with a 
CALENDAR or ALARM file, or DELETE. To define a text block, 
first SELECT it. Once the text is selected, immediately MERGE, 
COPY, or DELETE it. If you choose any other function or exit the 
file, the block is unselected. 

Copying events to a TEXT file. To copy events to a TEXT file^ 
select the beginning of the block you want by pressing (CLM® 
Position the marker on the last event for the block. Press ICLEAR) (Jj 
to save the file into the copy buffer. Press (CHAR) CD again, and 
enter the name of the file to which you wish to copy. 

Deleting events. To delete events, select the beginning of the block 
you want by pressing (CLEAR) ©. Position the marker on the last 
event for the block. Press (CLEAR) CD. The text block is deleted. 

See "CALENDAR FUNCTIONS" for more information on these 
functions. 



85 



■f?»s£ 



■3'Wff? 

■8; we?. 



*SP*|i. M 



sir' 




pw*«2gg^^i™^^^^»2j=! 



n*f-z?ig£te&$si 



dw 1 



Arrow 
Keys 



Twelve event lines can be shown on the screen at one time. After you 
complete the twelfth line, the events "scroll," or move up line by line, 
to let you continue. To see a line after it has scrolled off the screen, 
press CD until the line appears. Press CD to return to the last line 
you were typing or editing. 

Use the arrow keys to move the marker a character or line at a time. 
Pressing (SHIFT) or (CLEAR) along with the arrow keys moves the 
marker more rapidly. See Table 8. 



fir 

ipf 






:S^s 





by itself 






Key 


with (SHIFT) 


with (CLEAR) 






moves the marker: 




O 


one character to 


to the beginning 


to the next day 




the right 


of thefirst 

field to the right 




CED 


one character to 


to the beginning 


to the previous 




the left 


of the first 
field to the left 


day 


QD 


one line up in 


to the first event 


to the first FIND 




the current 


line 


match 




column 


on the screen 




CD 


one line down in 


to the last event 


to the last FIND 




the current 


line 


match 




column 


on the screen 





^fe: 



Table 8. CALENDAR Marker Movement Keys. 



86 



^f^WB^m?g&m$^ 



.J! ifi *^% 



'% 






. :*<* 



..LJ§ 



I-* 






-?. 



Printing a 

List of Events 



You can print all or part of a CALENDAR file. To print the entire 
file or more than one screen of events, use the PRINT function. (See 
"CALENDAR FUNCTIONS — Print.") 

To print only a few events that are displayed on the screen, use the 
SCREEN subfunction. SCREEN prints everything currently on the 
screen. Use FIND, DATE, or the arrow keys to display the events you 
want to print. 



87 



P3 



I a 









\m 



m 







SOT 
/ 



>* 






CALENDAR 



The CALENDAR functions available display at the bottom of the 
screen. To use a function, hold down the (CLEAR) key, and press the 
number for the desired function. 



Find 



Press ( CLEAR ) CD to search for and FIND an event. An event line 
containing the current (default) FIND settings displays. (A line 
containing the current date and asterisks in each of the fields 
displays if no search criteria have been entered.) The FIND functions 
(EQUAL, GREATER, LESS, RESET) display at the bottom of the 
screen. 

To use the default settings, simply press (F3). All events that match 
the criteria are found, and the first 12 display. If more than 12 
events match the criteria, use the CD and CD keys to scroll forward 
or backward throught the events. 

If no criteria are entered or if you want to change the search criteria, 
enter the data for which you wish to search. 

* and ? are "wildcard" indicators. Enter * in a field to disregard that 
field when searching for a match. Type * before or after data in a 
field to disregard all characters that come before or after the data, 
respectively. ? is similar to * except that it disregards only one 
character. 

Type the s earch data for each field (including * and ? if you wish), 
and press (MTERJ. Press ( CLEAR) and a function number (QD, (2j, or 
(3j) to set the FIND criteria equal to, greater than or equal to, or 
less than or equal to the information you have typed in that field. 
(Choose the function any time the marker is over the appropriate 
field, before, during, or after you enter the data.) 











r 


*&£>. 


•2*§si 




fc^ 




^1 










w 


~~fcggf 




fit*- 


P 


g§?' 


r 


'feSSv 




kSSsS 






j. 


c3§S*r. 


t 


^5*if... 




*y*fe 




E.«& 


c 


'" J 'fe>- 


t 


■L-^ft- 



tyJMi 



c 


~'. ■:■> 


I ■ ■ 


- ^ 


C 




c — 


-^t 




r.-3s£ 


l~ 


"•% 


r — 


r.-ifs' 


cr 


^flgl 


t- 


■,-«fe-. 




i--J^"h 




p —^ 


i- 


r,.-'Sfe : - 



'^"<*4mt&z r . 






^ 




Press CFD to begin the search. All events that match the criteria are 
found, and the first 12 display. If more than 12 events match the 
criteria, use the CD and CD keys to scroll forward or backward 
through the events. 

Reset FIND Criteria. Press (CLEAR) (3D to RESET the FIND 
criteria. All fields are cleared back to their original settings. 



Press (CLEAR) (T) to search for and display events that match a 
certain DATE. The screen shows: 

Enter Date: mm/dd/yyyy 

Type a new date, and press CENTER) . (Use a four-digit year.) The 
current CALENDAR date changes to the date you enter. (The system 
date is not affected.) All events for the date specified are found, and 
the first 12 display. If more than 12 events match the date, use the 
CD and CD keys to scroll forward or backward through the events. 
The Weekly Time Chart and the Month calendar are updated to 
reflect the date you enter. 



Print 



Press (CLEAR) QD to PRINT a list of all events chosen with the FIND 
function or that match the current date if FIND is not used. Check 
the settings in the PRINTER subfunction to be sure your printer is 
set up properly. 



89 



!fc» 



it 



5 j& 



s ;^ 

M 
If 

*! 

MP?- 



1 '•"•■&££_ 
3 2-S&. 






-m 



B.'vsiSSfl? 

mm 



If 



.-M 



3 j§ 




-^-^Hvr*^ 



^^^|p5^jpff^^^^^^^p^';^m,. ; . ; ...2^! 






00" 



Alarm 



Press (CLEAR) CD to place into the ALARM file all selected events. 
The alarm for each event is set at 30 minutes prior to the scheduled 
BEGIN time of the event. If the BEGIN time is zero, no alarm is set 
for that event. See the ALARM chapter of this manual for more 
information. 












Merge 



Press (CLEAR) QD to MERGE all selected events into another 
CALENDAR file or to merge another CALENDAR file with this 
event file if no events are selected. 

Merging another file into the current file. If no events are 
selected, the screen shows: 

Merge from: 

Enter the name of the event file to merge into this file. Copies of all 
events in the from file merge into the current file. 

Merging selected events into another file. If any events are 
selected, the screen shows: 

Merge to: 

Enter the name of the event file into which you wish to merge the 
selected events. Copies of all selected events in the current file merge 
into the to file. 



c 

fc - 



?3#*e*s 



sssi^fc. jh 



t — 



■^Mc. 



90 




mw^wtwrnm^ 



J 



Select 



Use SELECT to define an event or a block of events in order to 
perform some other operation on it. Position the marker on the first 
event line you want to select, and press (CLEAR) ©. Use the arrow 
keys to place the marker over the last event for the block. (See Table 
8 for arrow key movement.) All selected events are highlighted as 
you more the marker. 

After you select the events, MERGE, COPY, DELETE, or place them 
in the ALARM file, as appropriate. If you use any other function or 
exit the CALENDAR application before you perform one of the above 
operations, the events are unselected. You can also use FIND to 
search for the events you want to select. 



Press (CLEAR) CD to put all selected events into the COPY buffer. 
Press (CLEAR) CD again to COPY the contents of the copy buffer to a 
document file on diskette. The screen shows: 









,«MS j '0L 






I 0^ 



J 

*.-*=■, 



L'A 



Copy to: 

Enter the name of the diskette file to which you wish to copy the 
events. The events append to the document file. 



Delete 



Press (CLEAR) GD to DELETE all selected events. The events are 
immediately deleted. If no events are selected, the event line under 
the marker is deleted. 



91 



hrj^KS 



•yWe 








Add 



Press ( CLEAR) (JD to ADD a new event. A blank event line appears. 
Type the appropriate data: DATE, BEGIN and END times (including 
a or p for a.m. or p.m.), and DESCRIPTION. Press (ENTER) after 
each field. 






m 



£&£-•• 



When you add an event that conflicts with the time of an existing 
event, the conflicting times are marked with an exclamation point in 
the Weekly Time Chart. 

Day events. If no times are entered for an event, it is considered a 
"day" event — for the entire day — and it is not put into the Weeklv 
Time Chart. 






w-m., 



311 



e ■;.- 



s m. M 



JC" 



R: 



92 



ws^^ams^ss^ssmmsmm. 



m 



^ 



MAIL OVERVIEW 



The MAIL application supports a simple message handler. It records 
important messages along with their dates, times, and authors. You 
can write or read a message at any time. You can also print a list of 
or delete messages, 



Help 



) 



Screens 



The two MAIL HELP screens contain brief summaries of the 
functions and ways to use them. Within the MAIL application, press 
W for the subfunctions. Then, press (CLEAR] QD. After the first 
HELP screen displays, press (ENTER! for the second screen. (ED 
returns to the MAIL screen. 



■HI 



-^ <ari 




-3 -ST 



93 



■E 



in 



m 



m 

1 



Pi 



■:mm 



I111PP 



ill®:: 



HI 



m 



[ 



Q 



paid 



USING 
MAIL 



To open the default MAIL file, MESSAGES, place the marker over 
Mail and press (ENTER). 

To open an existing message file, position the marker over the 
filename, and press ( ENTER) . A listing of the messages in that file 
displays in ascending date/time order. 

Each message line in the listing includes: the name of the author of 
the message, the date and time of the message, and a brief 
description of the message. Use the arrow keys to scroll through the 
listing if there are more than 20 messages. 



Adding 

Messages 



To add a message to a MAIL file, use the CREATE function, (CLEAR ) 
CD. After you enter the identifying information, the TEXT entry/edit 
screen appears. Type your message, using any of the TEXT editing 
features and functions. 

The TEXT editor begins in the ADD (insertion) mode. Everything 
you type is inserted at the current marker position. Any text 
following the marker shifts to the right one space for every character 
inserted. 

The first 22 lines of the editor screen are for typing and editing your 
message. After you complete the twenty-second line, the screen 
"scrolls," or moves up line by line, to let you continue. To see a line 
after it scrolls off the screen, press CD until the line appears. Press 
CD to return to the line you were typing or editing. 

The TEXT functions display at the bottom of the screen. Use any of 
the TEXT functions for your message. See "TEXT FUNCTIONS" in 
the chapter on TEXT for more information. 

Press (F3) to save the message and return to the message listing 
screen for the current file. 



94 



I -J V? 












:s^ 



i_ 



d _i^ 



i % Sfc **-* ■* 



c: 



K— , 




"•'»**BC/s^ 5? .,_. | 






gj _*% 



Arrow 

Keys 

Use the arrow keys to move the marker a character or line at a time. 
Pressing (SHIFT) or (CLEAR) along with an arrow key moves the 
marker more rapidly. See Table 9. 

Note that on the TEXT editor screen, the arrow keys are used in 
exactly the same way as they are in the TEXT application. 



^% 



t" 1 






t£& 



Key by itself 



JH* 



with (SHIFT) 
moves the marker: 



with (CLEAR) 



1 1 


Not used 


Not used 




to the next 
message 


GD 


Not used 


Not used 




to the previous 

message 


CD 


one line up in 
the current 
column 


to the top 
of the screen 




to the beginning 
of the file 


CD 


one line down in 
the current 
column 


to the bottom 
screen 


of the 


to the end of the 
file 



Table 9. MAIL Marker Movement Keys. 



Printing 

Messages 



You can print all or part of a message in a MAIL file. To print an 
entire message, place the marker over it on the listing screen, then 
press (CLEAR) (3D (PRINT). 

You may also print a message at the TEXT editor screen, using the 
TEXT PRINT function. (See "TEXT FUNCTIONS — Print" in the 
TEXT chapter.) 

To print part of a message, use the SCREEN subfunction. SCREEN 
prints everything currently on the screen. 



95 



lift 



m 



ilM.vfl; 



111 



I. 







*^^?^&^&%&8m!^£%g&m 



MAIL 
FUNCTIONS 



The MAIL functions display at the bottom of the message listing 
screen. To use a function, hold down the (CLEAR) key, and press the 
number for the desired function. 



Find 



Press (CLEAR) QD to search for and FIND a particular message. 
Enter the author (FROM), DATE, and DESCRIPTION of the 
message. All messages that match the search criteria display. 
DISPLAY, PRINT, or DELETE the message, or FIND or CREATE 
another message. Press (BREAK) to return to the main message 
listing. 




Create 



Press (CLEAR) OD to CREATE a message. The CREATE MAIL 
screen appears. The DATE of the message you create is 
automatically determined by the current system date and time. 
Enter your name or the name of the author of the message (FROM). 
Next, enter a brief description (4^ characters maximum) of the 
message. 7\> 

The last prompt is for the person to whom the message is written 
(TO). The name you enter here is the name of the data file in which 
you want to store this message. Press CENTER) to skip TO and default 
to the current file. 

After the message information screen is compete, a TEXT entry 
screen displays. 



r- '.i?--v 



E 



L __|E 



3ta«c 



96 



3 
3i 



j* 






Type the message using TEXT functions and editing features. Press 
(ED to save the message in the current MAIL file (the TO name). The 
message listing screen returns. The data you entered on the 
CREATE MAIL screen displays in the listing. 



Display 



With the marker on the listing of the message you want to 
DISPLAY, press (CLEAR) GO. The TEXT entry/edit screen for that 
message displays. Use the arrow keys to scroll through the message. 

Press (FD to return to the listing screen. Press CD at Save new 
message ? (Y/N) if you made changes to the message that you want to 
save. The changes are saved as a new message, with the current date 
and time. The original message remains unchanged. Pressing CMD at 
Save new message ? (Y/N) simply exits the message without saving 
any changes. 



Print 



Press ( CLEAR) (T) to PRINT the message. Make sure your printer is 
properly set in the PRINTER subfunction before you print. 



Delete 



T° DE LETE a message, place the marker over a message listing, and 
press C CLEAR ) (JD- The message is immediately deleted. 



97 



1^ 
Km 














M 



vm 



%m\ 



-m 






^m 



w*@& 






S|&| 






?® 



•^5?. J -v „- - yds 



p3g£ 

lli 






WE 



l - L -m 



t._ i__. 






m*. 



1 ,. .% 

i . . - 



,:3 



o*| 



i5| 






BACKUP 

PROCEDURES 



Formatting Your 

Diskettes 



Before you back up your diskettes you must format two blank 
diskettes to use as backups, as follows: 

1. Turn on your computer. 

2. Insert a new, blank diskette (or an old diskette you wish to 
reuse) into Drive 1, and close the drive door. 

3. Insert a TRSDOS 6.2.0 system diskette into Drive 0, and close 
the drive door. 

4. Press the reset buttom. 

5. The screen shows: 

Date MM/DD/YY ? 



Type today's date, and press (ENTER) . 

6. At TRSDOS Ready, type FORMAT :1 (Q = N) (HUH). 

7. If you are reusing an old diskette, the screen may show: 



Disk contains data — Name = NAME 
Are you sure you want to format it? 



Date = MM/DD/YY 



Type Y, and press (ENTER] , 
8. When the formatting process is complete, the screen shows: 

Formatting complete 
TRSDOS Ready 
Follow steps 1 - 8 to format a second blank diskette. 



99 



\M 



ill 



HI 
HI 

mi 

B 
liP 

\Wm. 

HH 

ISfer 



m 



m 



m 



M 






m 
w 

m 



H 

I 

| 

8*- 




■'''•t*^:: 



w^s^^^^^^^^^^^^^w^^^^^^^^^ 




Backing up Your 
Program Diskette 



1. Insert a TRSDOS system diskette in Drive and a blank, 
formatted diskette in Drive 1. 

2. Type BACKUP CENTER) . 

Remove the system diskette from Drive and insert the 
Program diskette. Close the drive door. 

3. Enter as the Source drive number and 1 as the Destination drive 
number. 

4. The following message may appear on the screen: 

Destination disk ID is different: Name = NAME Date = MM/DD/YY 
Are you sure you want to backup to it <Y,f\l> ? 
Type Y (ENTEFD. When the backup is complete, the screen shows: 
Backup complete 
TRSDOS Ready 

Remove the diskettes. Using a felt-tip pen, write the diskette 
name on the label of the new backup diskette. 



P ''' ..--fe s 



I l-JH 



100 






~z^" 



KSB8BSS^^I^^8S^~V S3,r! *^PVia5S 



... Jf 

' J 

1 






il3! 



,.i^ 



.-J 



Backing Up Your 

Data Diskette 



1. Insert a TRSDOS 6.2.0 system diskette into Drive and a 
blank, formatted diskette into Drive 1. 



2. Type BACKUP :0 :1 (X) (HUE). 

When Insert SOURCE disk <ENTER> appears, remove the 
system diskette from Drive 0, and insert the Data diskette. 
Close the drive door, and press dEEE). 



DD/YY 



3. The following message may appear on the screen: 

Destination disk ID is different: Name = NAME Date = 
Are you sure you want to backup to it <Y,N> ? 
Type Y dSHE). 

4. When the backup procedure is complete, the screen shows: 

Insert SYSTEM disk <ENTER> 

Remove the diskette from Drive 0, and insert the system 
diskette. Press GENTER). The screen shows: 

Backup complete 

TRSDOS Ready 

Remove the diskettes. Using a felt-tip pen, write the diskette 
name on the label of the new backup diskette. 




:*% 



1 : '' - 

ft ': ■■'--■i--- 



1 t 



1! \w 






„.J0 



101 




WI&'&ttnllF^^ 



J: 






"ril'Sfe 






•%. M 



^^^P^f^l 




•-.'-ji . 






gss^^snfisssiRKssnp 



3 /'j'% 



ii* 



l i^ 






- -^'4 



MODEM 
INFORMATION 



Following are the modem definitions for the 4P, Modem II, DC-1200, 
and DC-2212. 

Note: If you are using a rotary phone, omit T wherever it appears in 
the definition for your modem. Also, whereverthe caret 
symbol (*) appears, enter this by pressing (CLEAR) GJ on the 
keyboard. Wherever the backslash (\) appears, enter this by 
pressing (CLEAR] CD on the keyboard. 

4P (Default Setting) 



Comp uter Dialing Voice Dialing 



Answer Mode 



Press: 

SEND 

NUMBER 

SEND 

RECEIVE 

WAITNC 

WAITC 



Enter: 



Press: 



Enter: 



Press: 



*C*MGCd"DDT SEND 

NUMBER 
X SEND 

X RECEIVE 

PAUSE 



*C*MG(a"DDT SEND 

RECEIVE 

X 

X 
4 



Enter: 

*C*MGAX 
X 



Modem II 



Computer Dialing VoiceJMaling^ 



Answer Mode 



Press: 

SEND 


Enter: 

**ODT 

X 

X 


Press: 

SEND 

NUMBER 

SEND 

RECEIVE 

WAITNC 


Enter: 

**0DT 

X 
X 


Press: 

SEND 


Enter: 

**C 


NUMBER 

SEND 

RECEIVE 

WAITNC 

WAITC 







FKWBSg 




P3HI 






1^9 

1 if {3s 



11 



m 



m 

m 

w 

•7§K 

3S 



IB 



1 feS^v: 



km 






m 
pife 



mm. 



St 






_3S»i 



103 



HI 




\. J 



DC-1200 



Comp uter Dialing Voice Dialing 

Press: Enter: 



Not applicable 



SEND **ODT 
NUMBER 

SEND X 

RECEIVE ON LINE 



Answer M ode 

No definition 
required — always 
in answer mode 



DC-2212 



Computer Dia ling^ Voice Dialing 

Press: Enter: p ress: Enter: 



Answer Mode 



Press: 



Enter: 



fvZvF ;- C *- Gra " XDT SEND *.C-.G(S-\DT SEND «.C».G(a'\AX 

RECEIVE T RECEIVE T RECEIVF AITfiAram 

NUMBER NUMBER ^hlVb ALTO ANSWER 

SEND X SEND PPPPX 

RECEIVE ONLINEORIG RECEIVE X 

PAUSE 4 

SEND * 

RECEIVE DISCONNECT 









L 



AJU/ig^ 






I r 



%M: 



£ — 5|g 



104 



P«te, 













[Mfc 



"X 






HARD DISK 

:nstructions 



This appendix explains how to prepare your hard disk to run 
DeskMate. Your hard disk should have TRSDOS 6.2.0 installed on it 
before you proceed. 

Follow the instructions below, using backups of the original 
DeskMate Program and Data Diskettes. 

1. Start up or reset the hard disk system (with the START-UP 
Diskette in floppy Drive 0). The computer then assigns logical 
numbers to your drives. 

When TRSDOS Ready appears, remove the START-UP Diskette 
and replace it with the DeskMate Program Diskette. (Floppy 
Drive is now logical Drive 4). 

2. First, type BACKUP SYS6/SYS:4 :0 (S) dNTffi). 

When TRSDOS Ready reappears, type BACKUP :4 :0 dEUE) to 
move the DeskMate programs to your hard disk. The BACKUP 
utility moves the disk files from logical Drive 4 to the hard drive 
you specified, showing each filename. 

3 When the files have been moved, TRSDOS Ready reappears. To 
move the rest of the DeskMate program, remove the DeskMate 
Program Diskette form floppy Drive and replace it with the 
DeskMate Data Diskette. Type BACKUP DM$/$:4 :0 G8HB). 

Note: If you also wish to move all DeskMate data files to hard 
Drive 0, you can replace the above BACKUP command 
with one that will move both the program and data on the 
DeskMate Data Diskette. Type BACKUP :4 :0 dSHH). To 
move DeskMate data files to hard Drive 1, see Step 7. 

4. You need to enter a few more commands so that DeskMate will be 
ready to run on your hard disk. If you have not installed your 
communications driver, you need to do this step. If you have set 
your communications driver, skip to Step 5. 



m 



'Ws 



r jmk 






9M 



in 
\m 



n 



w 



105 






mjSggmtm 



'-W$$&£ %$ $ $ $ $^ 




UMfSjasg^^j'; 



mmmm 



:«S^ 



When TRSDOS Ready reappears, remove the DeskMate Data 
Diskette from floppy Drive and replace it with the DeskM ate 
Program Diskette. Now type SET *CL TO COM CENTER). 

5. When TRSDOS Ready reappears, type SET^KI (W = 10,R=D 
CENTER). ^0 Sf^ct 

6. Before you enter the last command, remove the DeskMate 
Program Diskette, and replace it with th e START-UP Diskette, 
then type SYSGEN (DRIVE = 4) CENTER) . You can now run 
DeskMate solely on the hard disk without using floppy diskettes. 

7. In general, to move DeskMate data files to a hard drive, use the 
following BACKUP instruction: 

BACKUP $/ext:4 :d CENTER) 

ext is the extension of the DeskMate files you want to move, and 
d is the number of the drive on which you want to store the data 
files. ($ tells TRSDOS to copy all files that end with the specified 
extension.) 

Make sure that whatever drive you specify as the drive on which 
to store data (d) is the same drive the DeskMate program uses for 
data files. (If you have not used the SWAP function from 
DeskMate's Main Menu, the program assumes that all data is 
stored on Drive 1. If you want to store DeskMate data on hard 
Drive 0, use the SWAP function to designate Drive as the drive 
on which to store data files.) * 

For example, to copy all Text files to hard Drive 1, you would type 
BACKUP $/DOC:4 :1 CENTER) . 

Use the following extensions to copy the rest of the DeskMate data 
files: 

/WKS for Worksheet files 
/FIL for Filer files 
/LOG for Telecom files 
/CAL for Calendar files 
/MSG for Mail message files 

8. To copy one particular DeskMate data file to a hard disk, use the 
COPY function on DeskMate's Main Menu. 



106 



E :-fe 



"vf 



i^fe 



E -Sf 






M 

•3s 



;ndex 



J / "^ 



.ji 






V0A 



.V»\ 



: 3 



\m 



13-14 



See ANSWER 



absolute value 49, 50 

access, restricting See password 

accumulator 9-10 

ACODE 11, 12 

ADD 

Alarm 19-20, 22 
Calendar 84-85,92 
Filer 59, 67, 69 
Phone 13 
ADD/REPLACE 32,36 
add mode 32, 69 
addition 10, 49, 50 
adjust printer settings 
Alarm 2, 9, 19-22 

Calendar 90 
ALARM ON/OFF 15 
ANSWER 76 
Answer Mode Definition 
applications, list of 1-2 
application files 6-7 
creating 6-7 
exiting 7 
opening 6-7 
arctangent 49, 50 
arrow keys 4, 5 
Alarm 19 
Calendar 86 
Filer 60 
Mail 95 
Text 34 
Worksheet 44 
ASCII character filter 73, 79 
auto line feed 73 
AUTOLOG 77 

auto logon sequences 74, 77-78 
average 47, 49, 50 



: .?.; 



!§||||||| 


1: T5''S 


iy||j 


if§jjl| 


i: p" 


\Si'i 


\: T . /;..- 









.$•' 



':0\ 



backing up diskettes 99-101 
BAUD rate 24, 72 
BREAK sequence 80 
BUFFER 79 
buffer, copying See COPY 



-fj 



107 



Qlit;. 



S*£* 1 S2^%^"5';ls 



w : s*"'5S5ft?^^ i, '. ? fl ^s?».K-'-'r-JSSB w ^'y*7,;. - .-»"*- ,, k8,8i»? 



W^^SS^^^^^^^^^' 



'f&% 



CALC 47, 48-49 
Calculator 2, 9-10 
Calendar 2, 83-92 
CALL 

Filer 63 

Phone 12 

Telecom 77, 80 
canceling an operation 7 
cell 42 

CLEAR 79, 81 
clear calculator 10 
clear worksheet data See OUTCOMES 
column, cumulative sum of 49, 51 
combining documents See Merge 
command keys 4 
COMP 74-75 

Computer Dialing Definition See COMP 
constant 50 
COPY 

Alarm 22 

Calendar 91 

Filer 68 

Main Menu 30 

Text 38 

Worksheet 55 
copying the buffer See COPY 
copying diskettes See backing up diskettes 
cosine 49, 51 
cube 49, 50 

cumulative total 49, 51, 52 
CREATE 96-97 
creating an application file 6-7 

Daily Events Calendar 84 
DATE 3 

Calendar 89 

Main Menu 18 

sub functions 15 
day events 3 
DELETE 

Alarm 21, 22 

Calendar 91 

Filer 67, 68 

Mail 97 

Main Menu 30 



108 






* — 



---' *fe 




w^rv^immm 



WZsW^&Z^MSSi 






Phone 13 

Telecom 75, 76, 78 

Text 39 

Worksheet 55 
dial See CALL 
dialing sequence 74-75 
DIRECTORY OF FILES 25-26 
DISC 80 

disconnect communication See DISC 
DISCONNECT FROM HOST 29 
diskettes, backing up 99-101 
DISPLAY 

Filer 63-64 

Mail 97 

Telecom 80 
division 10, 49, 50 
document file 32 



echo 73 

edit characters 65 

EDITLOG 77-78 

entering DeskMate 3 

event scheduling See Calendar 

EXCHANGE 39 

exiting an application file 7 

exiting DeskMate 7 

exponential 49, 51 



jsej 



file efficiency 66 
filenames 6-7 
Filer 1, 57-69, 75 
FIND 

Calendar 88-89 

Filer 62-63 

Mail 96 

Phone 12 

Text 35 

Worksheet 48 
FORM 58, 64-67 
FORMAT 

Text 36 

Worksheet 45, 53-54 
formatting diskettes 99 
FORMULA 49-52 



109 







FREE 18 
full duplex 73 
function keys 4, 5 

half duplex 73 

hard disk instructions 105 

HELP 8-9 

Alarm 19 

Calendar 83 

Filer 57 

Mail 93 

Main Menu 17 

Telecom 71 

Text 31 

Worksheet 41 
HOST 2, 22-29, 76, 77-78 

INSERT 

Telecom 75, 76, 78 

Text 39 

Worksheet 56 
insert dots 65 
integer truncation 49, 51 
interactive terminal mode 24, 77, 79-80 

label lines 3 

subfunctions 8 
line feed filter 73 
line status 24 
LOAD 81 

local operation 23-24 
logarithm 49, 51 
logon sequence 74, 77-78 

Mail 2, 93-97 
Main Menu 3, 17-30 

functions 18-29 
MARK 63 

maximum value 49, 51 
MERGE 

Alarm 21 

Calendar 90 

Filer 67-68 

Text 36-37 

Worksheet 54 



110 



.m 






ssSr 
PH-' 






Tf— - a. 9 



t - 



--%»,.. 



^^ ^^^j^ ^^P^^^j 







3 






; 23 



a 






minimum value 49, 51 
modem 2, 22-23, 71-73, 103-104 
Modem Definition 74-76 
Month Calendar 3 
multiplication 10, 49, 50 

NAME 18 
negate 10 
nested operations 49 
NUMBER 66-67,74 

opening an application file 6-7 
operand 9, 10 
operator 10, 49 
ORDER 58, 59, 66 
OUTCOMES 56 
overstrike mode 84 

PACK 66 
parity 24, 72 
PASSWORD 29 

HOST 25, 29 
PAUSE 75,76,78 
percentages 10 
PHONE 2, 11-13, 75 
powers 49, 50 
PREFIX1-3 11, 12-13 
PRINT 13 

Calendar 89 

Filer 64 

Mail 97 

Phone 13 

Telecom 80 

Text 34, 35 

Worksheet 56 
PRINTER 13-14 

Telecom 79 
priority number 66 
pulse rate 24 

READ MAIL 27-28 
RECEIVE 75,76,77,79 
RECEIVE FILE 26-27 
reference error 48-49 
remote site 22-23, 24-29, 76 



I .<33$Ktei 



fe 41 



"A 



in 



59*K*S55W?£'>5+^ "•^P^-i 




9Sges^F^^v.?*-%*::^?&&*~.^r^ 



S^Xfr ■s-?T i ?W!%&W&X£@29& > 



replace mode 32, 36 
replacement string 39 
RESET 

Calendar 89 

Filer 63 

Telecom 74 
retries 73 
reverse sign 10 
row, cumulative sum of 49, 52 












l — .*&, 



SAVE 

Telecom 81 

Text 37 
scheduling events See Calendar 
scratchpad 6 
SCREEN 13 
search string 39 
security 23, 25 See also password 
SELECT 

Alarm 21 

Calendar 91 

Filer 68 

Main Menu 29 

Telecom 74-76 

Text 37-38 

Worksheet 55 
SEND 75, 76, 78, 79-80 
SEND FILE 27 
SEND MAIL 28 
sign of a value 49, 52 
sine 49, 52 
SORT 13 

spreadsheet See worksheet 
square root 49, 52 
STATUS 77 
status settings 71-73 

Host 22-23, 24 

Telecom 71-73 
stop bits 24, 72 
subfunctions 1, 8-15 
subtraction 10, 49, 50 
sum of the values 49, 52 



^ : >m«i-- 



"*•**. -M 



"<&&*- 



112 



£j^^* ; !fti^^5R^ , t*': vi 




: t/ V?'*^^ W ,.. : 



^^^^^^^^^f^^^HT©' 



SWAP 30 



tangent 49, 52 
Telecom 1, 71-81 
v telecommunications See Telecom 

TERMINAL 24, 77, 79-80 
terminal mode See TERMINAL 
Text 1, 31-39 

Worksheet 45-46, 53 
text editor See Text 
truncated value 49, 51 

VOICE 12, 75 

Voice Dialing Definition See VOICE 

WAITC 75, 76 

WAITNC 75, 76 

Weekly Time Chart 84 

wildcard 

Calendar 88 

Filer 62 
window 42 

window print See PRINT 
jv word length 24, 72 

|, Worksheet 1, 41-56 

worksheet 41, 42-43, 45 



,3="l §•] 




' J\ 



XON/OFF 72 



113 




WW** 



p^w^^w^n**^* 



r 35MBSE3iS36WES r - 



f-Sfe: 






V^sjfe- 



|ri££ 






6 %> -41 



£: 










B 



03 

.2 
+j 

cd 
y 

•pH 

P"H 

ft 
ft 



3 






co cd 

* 6 



PQ 



Si Q «• 



II 



co cd cd d 



a S> o 

co > 

•^ cd 

Q CC 



^ -l-i 



3 °° 

.5 l_ 
'3 o 

^ co 

co <D 

C • - 

S^ 

s|l 

£3 JS.S 

td j- ca 

•5 J£ 

^3 32 o 

CJ *2 S-< 

cd 
O 



5 
co § 



5 @ @@ 



f— 




2 


u_ 




« 


1-1 




UJ 


ac 




cc 


00 




CO 






o +3 co 

•PS Q o -S hr 



P. 



£ « c 



_S S 8 ^ 



d d n) s 



05 


E 


s 


• 1H 


CO 


to 


P-H 


CD 


CD 


ft 


> 
O 


§ 


ft 


s 


£ 


< 







.5 6 

;3 o 



e e a 



cd cd 

6 



s "^ 

So cd 

Si r-l CD 



CD S3 

? e 

d CD 



g g 



co 



M g 
cd **-< 



q cn en co co 



•- -t5 .2 - T3 



SS^^S^qqqqm 



BB0QBB00 § 



5 BB0B 



u_ 

M 

x: 

00 




p 

u. 
1-1 

X 
GO 




r- 

u_ 

M 

a: 

GO 




r- 

li- 
nn 

x: 

00 




£ 

-J 
o 




£ 
< 

UJ 

CJ 




DC 
< 
UJ 

_J 
O 




UJ 

_l 
u 




CC 

< 

C3 



cp M 



P5 

M 



°^ >» <n 

^ t3 -n 
**• S3 Xi 

jT^ •» 
co Ph 

OCO 3 



2-232 

" O & «« 

v o o 






& ft g 

« c £ 

S s ^ 



i. t; » » * g e 



o C w 



E 



ca 

O CD X! 
p, -u -u 



an 






o * 

O x! 



C ti 



.5 o .5 



o c 



a 



•u « w E 



3 S3 
JS co 



° e 



(3 
—3 CO 
CO 0) 



=> cd 



2 I ^ w 

S3 "■ 



co 



- S a o 

'g.S.So'3 

O 



(S 



a> 



>h a S 



a^ "S g 



xj a 

*J o 

~ o 

CO .S< 

"co S 
co t. 

e1 

3 .3 



oo 




1 

o 

g 

PQ 



2 s 



t2 2 
.5 n3 



to J3 

la S 
.3 £ 
Q S 



en S 
Q & 






S ° C 
u-i (h cd 

53 •+-> i2 
►J fe c 

h, * □ 
O ° tj 

►J "2 S 

Q OJ ^ 

CD "2 § 
r< C O 

•5 cd t h 



Mod) 

H cd o 









d cd 

O Dh 



2 a 

i-S co 



^< p 

cd 



h3. o 



c :43 

3 cc 

"" "co 

H o 

S ° 

8-S 
T; cj 

CD 

c? bo 
-7=! fl 



Q^3 



cu < 



S S3 



g cc &63 co 
cd Q_ cd • £ 



CD 



o3 C 
en cd 



en 03 

S B 



cd iS 









03 

IS bp 
cd C 

6 1 
"g XI 

£ o 

o co 
+> X 
a3 +j 

cp P- 

B 8 

r-j Mh 

B.& 

J2 Er cd 

cd 0) g 



£ x 

CD SC) 

ea cd 



CD 



O CD 

13 <J 
^ ci 

CD T3 

T3 OcO 



& 44 



.1 B-S 

■S'O B 



U ftGC S 



CO ti 
l a 



x c5 

C B 

ILI 3 

a: 3 



CD 

-a 



CD 



CD 



c 
O.S 

OT b0 

I 2 
, 'S 
*- k 

<x o 

O cj 
CO Cd 



O "O +J 



to 53 

?2 n 



"OIO 




>> o if 
S ".2 

> OJ -s 

K » ft 

£> Oh 

03 CD Js 
g ^ CO 

>-i -U CJ 
gi CD ^ 

be cd "o 



CD 



CO W ^ rt 

3 to & 5° 
>> S be 
<u 2 c >» 
j« -+3 .5 3? 
^ ca xi ^ 

g ^ U CD 

C 7? cj co 
r » co cd 

< %£* 



to 



Q 
< 

nW 

w 



co Oh 

co -; 
in g 

3.2 

„ +-> 







bfi 


a * 





•3 T3 

CO QJ 


•-C 


s.§ 




33 


O 


t-H 



?T3 



S c » E 

hn'Sb CO 
J3 « -A .2 
•53 -° * ^ 

- a"* 3 S 

n 2 "cS 

55 S *?S 

•w co E 

II'N" 

2 fl i- g 

rC CO CO .g 

o ^3 ^3 -M 

cofa S §* 

_ pifi CO 

t g3i a 



£ a 



5 ,>> 



& 



§ S « .J5 

a -2 ® -- 
S +j ana 

"5 cd Oj __ 
«S S . 'g 
co o S3 .J3 to 
B 1 C ±> co fO 
>i 3 "S CO i* 



CO 



«3 

CO 



B 






CO 



■3 -2 

co O 
Q £ 



o 

I CO 

LU (3 

(_ s 

UJ ^ 

—I rl 

uj -e 

Q CO 



a. ,2 



o, cd 





tUD 


z 


_g 


H 




W 


CO 


« 


CO 


O 


« 


co 


w 



co fa 

>> * 

j3 CO 

CO ^ 



*3 

IS 

CO M 

a. g 

SCO 

u g 

c ttf) 

CJl.g 






3d § 



he 

c 



CO o 

2 ii 

S3 -u 



fo 



CO 



bo 



Q- (3 



3 co 
C co 



CO || 



CL S 



a 2 



? IhP 



■a *z s, 



bD 
C 
cd 
J3 
O 



f 

o 

Si 



co (3 

co fc 

Q oi 

cd -d 



< ^ 

—I 2 

< O 






-s 


is 


cd 


a 


W 


O 


% 


W 


Q 


§ 


6 
a) 


g 



be 
d 
cd 

O 



PS 

fa 



Q XI 

Is 

CO -^-J 






^3 cd-g 

^ z $ cd 

c — ^ ^ 

co o u «* 

2 lu c2 «j 

~! m fl 

C 2 9 

• i- p o 

g < a. .0 

+^> q; , i 

c £ o -2 

cd . a uj a; 

k-H "^ r-i * 

S^'S - 

CO LU 



cd C 
- £ 



Q CD L±J < 



cd' 



"g Cd 
.3 T3 

t3 cd 
Id H 

gal 

p£) jj CD 



CD <+5 



s> 



A! 

O CD 



C CD ^ 
CD > O 

- 6° 

^ £ C o 
^-- S CD o 
CO tt— i rj ■-* 

3^ go 
co Jh -> 3>-° 

W a> jrf cd ^ 

Cfi PL, .O -+3 Q 



CD LJJ 



.sl 



S CD 

cdR 



5 ro C 

5; «> 2 

CD co s 

cd s; 173 

CO _rf 4J 

£ So 

3 CD ^ 
O X! O 



r* CD 
CO r^< 

g| 

,«S 8 
« 3 

,2 n 
cd <** 

y cd 
ft 5 

cd C 






W CD 



w 




EH 




W 




J 




W 




P 




T3 


Sh 


CD 


"J 


+-> 


^A 


CJ 


u 


CD 

'a; 

tn 


cd 

a 




^H 


CO 


CD 


4-J 

C 

CD 




> 


S 


CD 


CD 


O 


_c 


£ 





fa 



H 
X 

H 



o 
u 

fa 

as 

o 

Sh 
Sh 



O 



§\2 



fl o 



o f3 



r*<H ° 



fc* 



:§ S 



g S * § 



2 6 



g ° CD 

B a> <o 
K C h 










R 


u- 


1-1 


X 


(go) 



o 


u 
o 




be 


3 
o 






o 
+3 




_Q „ 


Co y 




s^ 


■a-o c 




u 2 


c c e =" 






S'Sb-a H 






O X CD . . ^ ,-A 
03 to to 13 13 ^ fe 
•+J >> >, CD CD < g 




03 "a 

£x 

o 


c xl a :~ r; o -a 
.2 .2 3 o X 




s 


QQZZW 




B 


8BQ00 


CO 

a 


t— 




£ 


oc 


oc 


£ 


Si 




il. 






■* 


«< 


-X 


«x 


"a 


fl 


M 

T- 






_i 


_j 


UJ 


_1 


H 


3 


C/3 






o 


Is 


o 


o 


y 


&H 



as g en 
o ^ c en 

CD te P A 

C X IBM .-.5 

•-' o « £ x co 
S « 2 S so 

«3 y § cd is ■ as 



U CD 



en 



iX C 



b<2^ 

=2 -i-J C to c v; jh 

.„ x o fe k t3 o 

&> 42 4-J 4-3 ^h (-1 

^ , 9 y q S 

o J- C cO ^ 

USs b b ° 

^ S ffl t* til 



a> 



03 W 



d ^£* 



£ £ 



.2 J3 



O H-l 

2CU 



bo 



.2 § 

^ 3 OJ 



T3 



pi 

■*? p* ^~ 
a) t3 

£ s 



a3 



•X3 






Q UJ 

< o: 



boQ 

a z 

•ij — Q 

W UJ LU _• 
<<* 130 



**-' CD 



5 ^u 
S S< OS 



p e 



<U - CO 
^ (D CU 



CD .J3 .« 





(3 




0) 


a 


XI 


Oh 





o 13 
u fa 

co g 
°P S 

C co 
'US ctf 
2 & 

co m 
9 CO 



03 


c 

cS 


03 


0^ 


cp 


en 


ai 


(3 
bp 


S 

^ 


'en 


en 


CO 


cu 


<Q 






c c 

ox 

1-5 4J 

CO » 

•S | 
en R 

3t3 

_ s-> 

CO O 

■2 I 

CO . 

X en 

o ^«J en 

_« <-* en 

CO g cd 

230h 



3 (3 



c 


.2 


CD 


'4J 
CO 




_u 






en 


13, 
a, 


a 


CO 


w 


(3 


,-J 


CO 


w 


_c 


03 



S ^ P 

!§:§ 



T3 r^ 



^ CD 



en g 



13 *-! 

CD O 



^>H (3 
■^J Oh ^ 
COQ 0) 

S °l 

+j W 

cO +- 1 

•2x « 
dx2 



X 

'5 ^: 

2 'S 

a 2 

CD.S 

> n 

•gT3 

13 .-a 
k^ CD 

'o en 
03 CD 

— X 
bb 4 " 

CD C 
S-i O 

2TS 
? o 



CD^ 



hJ o g 

W CD G 

P 6 CD 

- CO T3 

CD 3 

U «) J) 

r2 "S ^ 

"a5 r R tfl 

03W ^ 



fe 



S ^3 2 -3 



2 t« 

13 fa^ 
CD en 



CD CD 

^) bo 

n* ^ 

-^•^ 
CD <£■ C 

^^ s 

c^i fa o 
Oh X M 
03 £3 CO 



03 +3 53 

s 2 e 



•s s .b *».d 






PS §3 
i» ca 

§ S 



SP 


be 


^j 


> 


_g 


X 


o 




53 


6 




a 


^i 


CO 


o 


s 


03 


-»■» 




U 
CO 


a 



to c 

co rt 

03 _? 

ca o 

I— « $H 

ft ca 

03 03 

fi 03 

T3 O 

a -^ 

co !> 

o «« a co 

ca "S "B. P 



JS r ft^ 



le 8 - 



ca 

i-rt co 

§ 03 

>-> ° 

.2 ■« 

o y 

g^£ 

hD.g g 

S x+j 
« ca fl 
-^ P 'C 



a co 

£ c § 

g xi « 

O 03 c 
^03 

.3 T3 U 



..03 ?h a 

_g 03^ 

S2tu 



<J C O J) 
PS 3 +j bo 

S T3 ,2 B 



<S 03 

CD cp .5 
+-> r-=< -(-> 

.g 0) 03 

« ffi 2 

03 ^ ft 

6 -2 3 

O l H) 
O a > 

t3 « ca 
^ <p m 

s a^ 

o a ca 

•PRO 

£ S3 I 



ctiH ia Mo 



^ 03 
>- & 

ca o 

s s^ 

03 C X 

•H- < 
r*0 • 

,+j ,,-, ►•*■* 

03 ,£3 S 

fl ^ ^ 

c+_< o ■+-' 
caw co 

2 -*-> J3 

CO 03 O 
fL, -w +j 

o^ 

[_} i+-t Sh 
CO O S 



ca 


c 


rJ-i 

be 




03 




_o 


CO 
Q 


j3 


[+3 


O 


LU 


co 


h- 





CO 


UJ 


ft 




_J 


u 


H 


LU 


°i 





Q 


J4 
u 
ca 




O 


s 




> 



C g O 
03 03 o 

g > T3 

03 7* fc" 

g ca ^ 

JO O rfl -13 



3 fc 



^3 X! ."£ 

Q 






o o u 5^ 



fl o -^ 33 



>: a 

03 



K ca 



a cu 

8>.2 
ca t3 



o 2 o 

03 -g. S 
+ j .y , 
03 -a x! 

J« & 03 

co -^ 

^3 S & 
rt o J 
S£ a 

,S 03 h- 
CO 03 ^ 

5 « <-< 

o g « 

t3 03 ca 
J w g 

"03 u • J3 . 

*_§£ I 



CJ jj 

2 a 

03 03 

•+■> a 

_03 O 



CO 



^ ^E 



H 

W 

HI 
GO 

W 

i 



as 

W 
o 

• r-< 
■+■» 

o 

a 
fa 

OS 

O 



w 



o 





a. 
o 


CD 


+J 

5 




co 

g 




+j 


T-T 




01 
CD 






CD 
0> 




m (at 
s sere 
creen 

next 


1, mo 1 

kshee 

olumi 

rea). 

works 

:et, or 

thing 


CO 
J-l 




r left one cell, 
r right one cell, 
r to top row of scree 
s marker to previou 
r to bottom row of s 
w, moves marker to 


r to Row 1 (at Kow 
column Label area! 
r to last row on wor 
r to Column 1 (at C 
rker to row Label ai 
r to last column on 
:ted area of workshe 
indow (screen) if noi 


c 

o 
"co 

"3 

to 
CD 

ii 
n 

1 




O) 4) O »! O b 


CDOCDcDcdCDi'> 


"O 




jxi M M £ M u 


Eh 




u u sh P u . — : 


£> 




ves ma 
ves ma 
ves ma 
row, m 
ves ma 
bottom 
screen' 


u)aicflni r „taffldo) 




ves m 
mark 
ves m 
ves m 
moves 
ves m 
INTs 
curre 
select 


O 

CO 

u 
cd 




o o o o 


O ^Q O O p* 


CD 




>^H <5< ^ 5 

f^ ^5 ^5 ^-i 


O 




B B B B0 08 


§ 


| 




i— 




*P 




£ 




cc 


£ 




cc 


CC 




cc 


o 




U- 




u. 




«s 




•X. 


< 




< 


< 




■a: 


S 


r^o 


M 




M 




UJ 




UJ 


UJ 




UJ 


UJ 




UJ 


it 


X 




X 




_J 




_l 


_l 




_I 






_i 


3 


LULU 


CO 




CO 




O 




o 


C3 




O 


o 




O 


fa 



be 

C 
s-i -r 1 
O £ 
co «J ^ 

® CD ^ 

cd ^ o 

b! W -J3 



ur S o 

O _ 

CO 'tj . 

X) " o 
g S - 



° b 

*-) cd 



O, 






co X 



d S 

2 "8 



. '<-> CD r-j 

03 ,2 J! g 



&o,±2 






0> 



CD T3 CD CD .+_> 

' ,Q o 

d 



J3 UI <_> vu 

3 h O i< 



+T "i (O 5 
o> £> 3J 

CD CO j3 -i_> 

*£ "3, a* cd 

JS CO <U rd 



CO EC 



a . . 

o _i cd 

tJ 'CD 3 

cd o C 
3 to Ji 



fc M fc. CD 



c2 a 






CD 



CO nd 

E-j d d _ 

t— < to co ■ 

tD cd d 



O T3 

^ O 
C> O 
C CD 

cd co 



bD CD -5 



T3 ^ Ci 



■ .2 

cd 'u 
v cd 

cd g 
X O 



CO 



f-H CD 

w s?"y 

St*™* T3 
O 0) >, 



cd & 9, 



uj , 

O T3 

O Cd 

^ CD 

O Sh 

,2 *-> 

X? 3 

CD "Jj 

CD > 

13 ■*■» 

to « 
co 
CD 



EH% 
X 
H 
EH 



^ -* 



S-2 



CD C 

Q W 



Xi X 



CD 



EH 


bfl 
<s 


CJ 

o 


^ 


c 3 


Q 


is 

CD 


13 


^ t) 


6 



^c! o 

3 



o cd 



EH 

tHx a 

o^ o 



a 



"•43 T3 en 

"$3 CD .»h 

(D U[H 

° 8w 

^ > CD E -1 

a ■& t3 

° :>, CD 
CO CO o 



CD 



CD 



«C 



■g E-i co 
.o "rt bJD > 

Ph Ph 3 .5 



,y t3 

CJ """' 
CD f-n 

co J3 

^^ 

a fH 



CD 3 

° (23 

CO Qj 
CD o 

bcR 

« r • 

xi^ 

o fa 3 



co ,-. 
CD 3 
O C 

r2 CD 
&. r O CO 

cd fe 



3 Id 

3 



CD H 1 >h , 

i+S -43 cQ 

•H CO | 

c" -2, "3 • 
.2, J? g 

co -2r cd 
HIP3 Q 



JP5 Q HH €«- 



o g 
i 2U 



£ 

as 



9> < 

bflCi 





"~o is 



CD r< s. 

5P 3 £ 

3 '<: 



O CD 

CD 4-" 

T3 "CD 

CO ^ 

CO co 

CO 1 § 

-a ,2 

CJ 4J 

CD CD 

-q; CD 



CD ►§ 



co >>j fS 



O CD O 

a> J73 43 

13 ^ cd 

w J) o 

CO CD r— ' 

SS rfl ^ 

"OJ CO CD 



^T3 
CD C 

M 3 

£S CO 

cd fc< 

^5 

o cd 



<! '$ 

HI ,2 

CD 



o ^ 

CO r* 
CD ^.2 



cd cd cd 

> > 3 



o 


3 3 g 


fp 
bo 
cd 

!h 

1 


values 
Maximu 
Minimu 
Sum of ' 
Column 


* 


X 5r S H 



cd 

cd a 
3 " 

li 

§Ph 



tf 



.2 cd ^L.2 ^ 
■tS j3 "43 2 cd 
^ Xi 3 > £ 



rj W 

.tS CD C! 

U S-i CD 

J? JS CD S 5P 

t* be S EL c 

o .Sf.a cr a 

j en co en EH 

O ^^tf ^ 

O OSff<{ 

HI cc co CO EH 



cd cd 



3 O 



CD 2 
bp c 



2 o 'co ft* d 



,cd 



^ O X 



<3 t> <lO WH5 I 

CO ^ CO fc r, 



^§ 

co e 
goo 

11 

CD <U 
C" < 

-2^ 



••43 a 



CD CO 



CO 



cd 



CD 3 

co rj 

CD C 

<U X! 



S3 



2^ 



a I 



CD 

X 

c 
3^ 

CD 



o ^ o £ 



•2 t2 



CD CD O 



CO t^ 
CD ^ 



CD O .iS 



CD 



CJ £ A CD 

cd .Is cd -£ 

f- T3 X d 

Ph ^ O CD 






be 

03 

5 
w 

o 
u 

PI 

o 



O 



x^ 



o o o o 

+j +j jj +j 



>-l h S-c !h 



^1 »-l f-l ^1 



cd cd CO 

S S £ 



cd 5 o 6 o 
5$ §^§S 



QQBB 



o 

a 



8 



8) ^-P 
ft *♦-< CO 

• ft 

<d - «■ 



13 



CD 
CO 

•S CO ^ 

^ o 1 



« 8S 

2 T3 2 



cd _q 
xf w 



.3 £ Si 

n l 5 »n 



2 w x 






P. CD "5 

«2 ° 
co ca .. 

<»'%■** 

Qj CO Sh 
- CO ^ 

Ja$ CD CO 

+-> S-l T3 O 

fa cp 13 A 

id CO 

** *-. 
>> 55 

+j CD 

■r ft 
o ft 

CO u 

« U u fe 
l£, CD CD <» 

■ £ X! Xi "g 

flggo 





|£) 








i— 


2 


z 

UJ 



«5 l 



CD «> 
? ft 

6 p 

k xi 

ftTJ 






o 

ij _cd 

CO ? 
T3 49 



X 



CD bi i<-=« 

-S CO 

cd !a 

"cd _r 

T3 cd 
co g 



P 



■5 ►> 

co cl 










co o 
H OS 
H ►J 

* 1 



xi % 



CD cd 



<! J cd 



co g 

— i co .3 

a> S -S 

° " c3r- 

+j cd ^,- 

CO , CD ^~" 

U %> T3 UJ UJ 

4-< s^ S3 j — | — 

_ T t! _ i i i 



fl b 9 



l±J 



r-7 ^ tj ^- »_i-i 
O o 2 Cl < -J 

-^ . S — _i uj 

ODQ 



XI CD 
4-i rrt 



CO cd 

CJ 






co m 



cd gj 

C X! 

«3 _ 
cd - 

Q c3 



5 tt-o 



eg 



6 £ O." 

fH _2 U_ > 

X! ° co )ri 

^ c p O 

UJ ° s ^ 

3 0) . 

9^ « < 

Q tj' rt ^ 



5 S o 

f_ Cd LL 



o 2 

o X 

o o 



!o^ 
^' 

,3 io ■ 

X Ja) 
T3 ^O 

Si- 

"aS ct: 



-^ cd c 
> »W 

o "S ,2 



^ft 



ftx* 



co uj S " EH £ 



CO co Jj-J <+« 
cd " 

xl si 

p^Cj-j 

Qx 



X 



W 

W CD 

.. CO 

CD O 

O & 



cd 

"cd 
T3 



cd 



E" 1 S " S2 
<=> c3 | £ 

•; . w Cd 

cd ^ -g x 

Eh 



g Eh eS 13 

3Xh « 



O H co 

t jj ^ OS 

oft S3 

5 ^ 2 S 



Eh cd 

W cd 

cd S -"-> 



o j3 cd 

1 ^3 

BO fl 

cd '•§ 8 
„ cd u 

CO o -O 

EH o «<h 

Ph '""' s 
W cB os 

GO ^ - 
51- ?h co 

« S S 

CD 4J 3 

X C o 
cd cd o 



& rrt 



O O 



,3 & 

o - ^ « 

o,2 >H 
pc5 ocQEh 



SI 

Ph CD 



CD X 

T3 ^ 

CO rj 

o.S 



«1 



8 

o 

8 



,2 o 
O £ 




a « 



IS 

"*h +a 

pC CD 

S3 ^ 
>h hp 

J J3 

Oh 9 

3 s 



c fa 



pi s 

"1 ho 
m C 

II 
PtS 3 

Oh E 



3 
§L fe 

■fig 

tOfe 

Sis 

o ^ 
fa .3 

i3 be 
a C 
en ca 

^ ^3 



CD 
«« lu CO 



o gfe 

-u Q 

- ts go 
-S o S3 

S ° g 

sj|s 
£'£ g . 

J3 9 c 03 
o t ,2 O 

co jg <d g 

§ 8| g 

tf S C a) 

^ ^t -4-1 i-C 



3;0 



10 Q- 



N^J) ft 
fa tO of 
£o g 

-a I § 

fa -%M 

o o^ 

£;o^ 

T3 ft S 
2 ^ g 

JJ ^ u 
3 H r8 

co G TJ 

C -h a) 

•-aft 

2 gH 
as d . 

^ u 0) 



o -H 






ca 

co 



fa 



T3 

fa ft CD 
8 .« »i 

CD n-j -*J 

t> o 0) 

P +* C 

a .2 ho 
ho j?„ -S 
.5 SfE 

£ &o 

ca Sh ca 

3 83 



a> 



as 



CD 



Q<3 § 



c0 co 

CD g 

u ft 

_ <*i 

ca g 



CD rj 



< CD 

cd cd 

in £ 



e ° 



CD 



n.5 .. 
<2^ 6 

CO fa !- 

1ft *- ^ T? 
^ £^ 8 

,S J3 CD 

g«« Jh 

fa m " o hp 

<2tI „( S • 

^ o | s s 

cd g pq a 
x SW 8 £ 

cd -rj . cu 43 

o O t! C m 
^1 u g,-.rt 3^ 



8^« 



01 O 01 



£10 ^0) S M 

^^^ s § 

■ | - > (h -0 *rt 
co >, S ca y 

o 53 co ^ -j 

_CD O ft b d 
**-! a; .2 JJ 'S 



r m a 

42 T3 co 

C tO S 

a5 ca y 



O fa S 
M ft«« 

- fa ^ 
$ ft ca 



.5 o 



tO 43 



8 ^'d 

ft M 

co m ,H 



co o , , 

rd IS ca 

* r 2 

CD fa ft 

co «S co 



•2 fa 



O O c+3 

c c 

bo ho 



f£ 



ca < ^ 

CD 0-| 2 

-* co g . 

g P .2 S 

S Nii « 

(:« 3^ 

t5to p J 

-° T3 hb C 

to 0) fi "^ 
CD ^J • - CO 

.-S g £ "ft 

CO 3 Oh X) 



C ft o 

ca co u 

rfl o ca 

CD 13 
ca j-rl 

° c3 ° 

cr co Q 

^HH LL 

o 



«w ca 

a 



10 



■S £ Q CD 
SO <u § 



Sh 0h ° _D 
Sh Cj ca *h 

O R H'H 

X » C CO 

CD hp'g -g 

g^-2 ™ J 
pC F 3 t> o J 

ft^ C -^3 <J 

co _ ,3 " c O 

1 — » O Cvh .22 

ca *j 43 h- cd 

o, u v, .h i --h 3 3 oj en 



■ftfll 



ca 



ca rg 



,>> 



r°p2 

,-j 43 

3 2 ^ 

ft,^ 



ca Jh ca 

(11 ■— r-< 



o 



be 

W 

o 

•1-1 

u 

fa 

£ 

o 
u 
u 

< 



<B en 



O 3 





<s 


ca 43 










s 


A 


m 




tfl 


* 



oo pcj 



O "g 



.3.C 



cd 


EC 


en 


rt 


I— 

Z 


^2 


ca 


UJ 


la 


O 


'■— ' en 




en ^S 
en ^ 
0) - 

f* CD 


Cfl 


--o 


s 


ho o 


.S s 


J-< 


'-U 


01 


-n en 


T3 


cu c 


A 


en — 





£.S 


bfi 


CD Q 


.£ 


C O 


+j 


d ^ 


+> 


c 


<n- 



CD rj 

Ol S ■ 

ho c 

s a 5 

-£ ^ -a; 
O a. en 



+J o C 



**> '7, 

Pi -S3 

H g 
° « j 

eS^S 

n ^2 

(— I eo EH 



bo 

a . 

.Sh 

8 £ 

en W 

CD 1-7 

Q P-i 



en 



CD 



CD 



CD S 
CD J3 



§ 

a 

o 

-i 

o 

D CD 

< a 

CT3 O 



?, 3 



«^ 



C .g en 



3 y 
cr G 

en <+-< 



en ,-. 
CD g 
en CD 



CD CD fe 

EH ^ p! 

3 « cf 

r/1 O ™ 



O a 



e 


+-> 


aj 


CD 


as 








en 


<D~ 


o 


Pi 
_o 

"-+3 


CD 


ft 


o 


3 


a, 





cr 


«J 


,P. 



a> a,.™ 




a 



CD 



w^ 
go ^ 

oH o 
&« tS 

jj o fl 
IS ° 

fliS s 
«<_ .2 
.2 o-g 

G cu •£ 

II » 



'<T3 IS 

01 O 

11 * 

c * 

CO , 
$-1 *1 
+3 CD 

°.w 
w 

en 



P 






<?E 


g 


Q* fa 

fa^ 


"B. 


fc 





£ ^ 


+_, 


S3 x 


c 


£ a 


cu 



Oh 






cr 

CD 


fa 

CD 


'8 

1 


CO 


J2 


g 


W 


s . 





fa 


C 


CD 


P3 ^ 

MS 


cu <5 
g 3 

Q jj. 
r« a; 
ft CD 




fa _a 

O CD 


OS 


CO bD 

CD _g 
Q t3 



< 

Cm CD 



CU CD 

id 3 

(=1 •+£ 



8S 
G 



3 n 



CD CD 
H CD 
.55 5 



fa CO 



5 g 

S C 

^ g 

,a> o 

3 Si 

5! G cu 

2 • " 



<« 



cu 



CD 



°1h 3 

+j TJ CO 

G 53 pS 

A '-' o 
5 -e +* 

» S G 

CO TJ Ph 






3* 

2 * g 

S a <" 

egg 

m o Si 

."} < *-> CD 

13 CU CD 

' 3 



g 



„ iS 

5 vh 



— CO 

O -t^ 

r2 C O 

r-< 5 +- 1 

n § m 

CD M r-H 

* § 

o g "S 

j fa « 



O -y bD CO 

3 .2 S ft 



C CD 



5^5 g 



O) 



bB 



3 

CO o CD co 
en C >> CO w 

cu Jj « 3^ 
^ O* en _c0 "2 

S m^ en <! 



3 
ca 

• S CU 

8 S 

y cu 

<u i 

3 CT 1 

5, CD 

cu m 

CD Sh 
CD 

C50-4J 

« c 

cO . 

S cu 

cd £-* 

cu «u 

o 3 

CO O* 

P-l CD 



IS ^ ; 

*o a.' 
CD £3 r 

CD ^ 

JS a "t co 

S ^> ft 

f H . s « 

5s +j O cu 

CO CD [V] T3 
CD O S O 

CO X5 Pi u 



a 




CU 

u 


DC 


g 


K 
UJ 


C 
cu 


1— 

Z 

UJ 





1— 


3 




Z 

UJ 


cr 

CU 


>-i 



o ft 

+ J . - 

cd Q 

cu K 

CD 4* 

CD O 



rfl 


X 


CU 


CI) 


IS 


-t-» 




CU 


CI) 


ft 


ft 


>1 


CO E-t 



ho CD 



■ S o 

W S3 
EG Ja 

as i 

111 cu _J 

C Si 
E Wc2 



rVi CD 
J Si 

W c° 



cu 

CJ 

cu C 

3 o 
cr'-S 

Sg 

CD CO, 

fc! Si 
W CD 

w-g 

^ CO 

S g 



. is 



3 Si 

cr d 

CD CJ 

en , 

SP<2 






QC 


3 

CO 


1— 
Z 
UJ 



'ft 2" 5 
S 6 « 
8 gco 

CD ^ O 

CO ^ to 

» bflc 

o o C 

-^ o 3 

co pc; 



gs 



CO CD 

C co 

—' C 

CD O 



W 5 



ho 
. 

^S CD 

PI fi 
CU CD 

ft- " 



fa 'o ft § 



M « 



CO 



*J\ cu co r^j 

<C £ CD « 

n-! S CU fa 

« 3 CD J3 

S ftJ (33 



O ^ HI 

~~i J3 ^ 



CD 



<u .y Pi o 

ft-G W 
O £H 5 



CD 

< 
fa 

o 



< 



be 
cd 

5 
& 

M 

a 
fa 

a 

O 

Sh 
Sh 



« 



O 



s^^sS 



*C IS «« 



(H * J3 CO 

CD CD CD CD 



cd cd cd 

5 6 S 

CO CO CD 

6 > > 



53 co co 

CO CO CO 
_ _ _ 5 .JO ,M 

^ ^ ^5 JS; Q Q 



800000 | 



t- 


h- 


h- 


t— 


ce 


OC 


UL 


U. 


u. 


u_ 


< 


•X 


IH 


M 


M 


M 


1U 


UJ 


X 


X 


X 


X 


_1 


_i 


CO 


CO 


co 


CO 


o 


o 



fa .2 

F3 a. 
"Sea 

"° CO 

jS a) 

IB. 

* & 

o cO , 

IB ,-. 

O — H 



a - lu 
O.'g co 

« C fa 

fa 2? -*- 1 

** IB O 

co 3 -w 

03 ?TI 



co C 



fi s 



u 


CO 




CO X 
J-c U 


DO 


J 


,_ 


A 


U 


To 


J 


CD 


<v 




o 


fe«s 



So Ed 



*4 5*-) ** O 

0) jO 

a 

sssr 

3 8 « o 3 

rs -T w Cg >h 



b H co I 

ti CO 

58 



m 

"S3 

»r-" M 



<U CD 



ftg.2 



co 



^ 



• S cd CO 



Q 



cO 

a 

CO cu 

a co 

cp T3 



3 



co 



Eh 

I? fa 
Ph s 



< 



2> 

bfi 
03 



.2 
-** 

u 

fa 

-a 

08 



O 

Sh 

«5 



W 



O 



T3 TJ T3 T3 13 T3 

CD CD CD CD CD CO 

CO co en to CO to 

3 3 3 3 S 3 

+J -+J .+J .+-3 -+J -4-3 

o o o o o o 

j£-i jdH-i (^ |^< £-\ ^— ( 



It 



« 



o 



co -g 

«« cd 

° a 



O C 



1 & 



g ° CD g O 

CD CD -*■? 

w c h w s 

CD .3 O CD 2 

£! X) co > X! 



0000 1 E 



Sips 
..S 6 

S* 3J C 

O XI CD . . 

M to m'V'V 

- tJ >->>-, CD CD 

« o? E? 2 2 

«r-lr-l ^ 3 

co co " ' ' 



QQ 



.o o 



3800 



t— 
u_ 
M 

X 

GO 




t— 
U- 

t-l 

X 

go 




«* 

—i 
O 


cc 

< 

iu 

_1 

CD 


OC 

<s 

LU 
_1 


OC 

< 

LU 

_1 
CJ 





<« 




cd 






cd 4J C «-, 






CD T3 __ cd £3 






ge(s). Ent 
RIPTION 
skip fields 
issages th 
to exit F' 


CO 

bo 

g 

co 




l£sa@ 


CD 




CD UJ r ^ r -. 


bD 




5s ^ 


oc 

1X1 

t— 

z 

LU 


< & 


cd 
to 
co 

CD 

a 


60 

S3 


2 cd x! cd 

P. 73 cd as 


o 


o 


ches for s 
M, DATE, 
:h to sean 
inent to s 
ch criteri 


C 

u 

2 
+-> 
CD 

cd" 


CD 
C 
"*» 

CO 


a o .y +* *-> 

Cu ^-^ Sh S-, ct3 
cd o: rfi cd eg 

cc u- > a co 


T3 
O 

6 






3 






cu 






CD 






cd 











s 



^CD CD 
S CD 



-> cl 

^ to 

2 S 

CD o 

-??,c3 



33 CO 
g CD ■ 
C CD 

s.s a 

cd +-■- 

m s ^ 

CD g _g 

cd 3 "Be 

PL, < XI 



CO 33 

-gts 



£M CO 

rs cd > 



5 Se 



<* CD 



T3 ^ 
CD O 



CD 



a 

4) J) O 
CD '£■} +J 

is j 

H .S .S 



a 

cd 

1.2 

Cm • 

cd " co 

. -H 

» CO CI 

H 7=2 CD 

ps IS > 

U 0) 

Ph S CD 

W cd he 

S & & 

« Q o 



c cd a 

»t o 

W CD 



o cd 



CD 



C CD 

U > . 

CD In g 

C 2 



43 oa 5 



cd 43 



CD 



-S ^ -^ 

> !h U 

c cd cd 



a^ 



CO" g 

CD 



a a 



^;o« 



o ,o 

£i O CD 

^ r-j 4J 

JCJ - 

co Si l— 
CD CD O 

C Xi LU 

ia -g -j 

CD C LU 

Q cd co 



cd a: 

O < 

- CD 
LU XI 
r- ^ 
LU O 

LU.S 

- o 

>^ 

O-fl 
O CD 

UJ Q 
CD M 

2 CO 



o ^ 
iJ CD 

. »- a 

13 5 2 

X! ^ 4-J 
S 1 CD 

S o -S 

O O.h 
O tM T3 

o ° d 

■g » S 

•SB'- 

c«2^ 



S g^ 



CD 



CD aj QJ 
^3 £C 



>< ia 



a 

cd o 



a S 



™ cd ^O , 
en ►> 

CD > > 

u n CD 

cd LL - cJ 

Ph O cd 



> 

CDr-Q 

■XI CD 



cd r a3 



E-i i- 

rvi CD 

l—l Si 

Cd °3 

q a 



.5 o 



g cr 33 
'+3 o icj 
^ co ^ 

Q LU ° 

LU .5 

UJ T3 C 13 
I— C CD CD 

< 3 §;-S 

^ Z t3 co 

2 3 gx> 

CJ LU CD 

W m td "§ 

a 

Q ^ . . C 

<3 Sffiw 



!-3 



CD >? 



co a, 
S3; 

o 



c5 a 5P 

co c 



MIX 
03 O 


be 1 *-' 


e-i 


bo 


CO Ul 


CO +j 


>> 


rt 


CO m. 


co C 




CO 


0) L 1 - 1 


5R <u 


Xj CO 


co 


g ° 


CD ^ 

s g 




CD 

s 


cO g 
to o 


ca o 


<3J +-> 

be oj 
co ^ 
co 


CD 


§3 LU 


+-> -*-> 


CO bJD 


C/3 


W CD 


co -a 


g -5 


o 

4_j 


O 53 


0^3 


o ^ 

c« CD 


i 



bo 
o C 






53 03 > g 

-^ CD co 

2 os go 2 

. en 

CD — ' CD .S 

bo cd a -^ 

oS be ^ T-j 

en co * 5 

S S a § 

m 8) .3 



XI T3 


H 


!P 
bo 




C 


Z 


03 




X 


> 


o 




PI 


c^- 


3 



OS' 



j a m Pi 

S § 1 £ 

CO 3 « £ 

K a5 o a 



J.P 



.° .a 



§* 



3 oi 



g "C rt 

a ao 

to +j f 
en w 
<D co p< 

6 >>-2 

en "ai t> 

H £ C 
"T" .2 3 

n? CD -^ 
P g a 
Ph O. en 



■3 & 

CD g 

« s 



T3 
C 





co a 

CD O 



w 


a 


H 


fa 




130 


s 


03 


p 


cc 




CO 




CD 




s 


LU 


>> 


h- 


fl 



Q 



CO 



CD 

X 
0) CD 



-^.5S 

S c ^ bo^ •£ 

pj cu C T3 . 

>*• ts 

CO g CD CD 

X ^ a X 

+-» M r. 

^_ CU Ctf " CU «, 

o % "^ £ pf 






OS 



g; 



c 

3 
CD CD CJ d 

r _- UJ > j3 oj .a 

S co 03 +-> ES ccS 

£ M co £ 

1 £ -2 « o £ 



CD 



ij' S Ui, ho 



CD ,=. 

be S 



XI co 



SS % 



s a 



cts en 
.a 3J 



CD CD g •=- -m = 

en m > cc ."_ 

OS ^ 5 U- CD 03 

cd -u a a, > .g 

g 4J cu g , bo 

eg 'S ?a co o "u 

CO cu H en ^3 O 



.3 

at 

J 

1 
1 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 
1 



# 



-3 

- -a 

-J 

--3 

""'-3 



DeskMate 

Sample Session 



TM 



pi 



ESslM^ 



P. 












DeskMate™ Software: 

©1985 Tandy Corporation. 

All Rights Reserved. 

All portions of this software are copyrighted and are the proprietary 
and trade secret information of Tandy Corporation. Use, reproduction, 
or publication of any portion of this material without prior written 
authorization by Tandy Corporation is strictly prohibited. 

DeskMate™ Reference Manual: 

©1985 Tandy Corporation. 

All Rights Reserved. 

DeskMate™ Sample Session Manual: 

©1985 Tandy Corporation. 

All Rights Reserved. 



Reproduction or use, without prior written authorization by Tandy 
Corporation, of any portion of this documentation is prohibited. 
While reasonable efforts have been taken to assure its accuracy, 
Tandy Corporation assumes no liability resulting from any errors in 
or omissions from this manual or from the use of the information 
contained herein. 

Tandy, TRSDOS, and TRS-80 are Registered Trademarks and 
DeskMate is a Trademark of Tandy Corporation. 

CompuServe is a Registered Trademark of CompuServe, Inc. 

Dow Jones and Dow Jones News/ Retrieval are Registered Trademarks 
of Dow Jones & Co., Inc. 

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 



a? 









jll 


~4M' 


£ 




icb 




fit 
fit- 





£ wt 






L^gm^ m 



&b - 



"-Hftat' 







.** 



1 



•1 



pi 

.. 1 



Contents 



1 Introduction 1 

Beginning the Sample Session 2 

Backing Up Program Diskettes 3 

Backing Up Data Diskettes 4 

The Main Menu Screen 5 

Arrow and Function Keys 7 

2 Text 11 

Copying Text from Another File 13 

Printing Text 15 

Exchanging Text 18 

Using Calculator Within Text 20 

Exiting Text 22 

3 Filer 23 

Finding Records 24 

Creating a New Form 27 

Arranging Records Using ORDER 29 

Adding New Records 30 

4 Worksheet 33 

Creating a Simple Budget Worksheet 34 

Entering Labels and Text Data 34 

Entering Numbers and Formulas 36 

Printing a Worksheet 37 

Setting Up an Amortization Table 39 

Entering the Amortization Formulas 41 

Calculation and Reformatting a Worksheet 43 

Entering Free-Form Text 45 

Printing a Large Worksheet 45 

5 Calendar 49 

Finding Events 51 

Adding and Deleting Events 52 

Putting Events into the ALARM File 53 

6 Alarm 55 

Turning on the ALARM 56 

7 Main Menu 59 



m 



HI 
fjj 

111 






!^~ 



-Re?-- 



i^lWKlm 



I! 



8 Telecom 63 

Defining Auto Dialing Modem Protocol 64 

Specifying Communications Parameters 68 

Manually Logging On 68 

Creating an Autolog File 70 

Executing an Autolog File 73 

Using the TERMINAL Mode Functions 74 

9 Phone 77 

10 Mail 81 

Reading Messages 82 

Creating Messages 85 

1 1 Host 87 

Security 95 

12 Ending the Sample Session 97 



IK SSE 



E 




• 



^•mmmm^^ j 



WL&m~ 



m^ ^m r ^ mm 




INTRODUCTION 



"1 

~1 



4f 






1 



1 



DeskMate™ combines several productive business tools into one easy- 
to-use package. The applications built into DeskMate include: 

• Main Menu for selecting applications and files and performing 
general DeskMate functions 

• Text for basic typing, editing, and word-processing needs 

• Worksheet to create spreadsheets for calculation purposes 

• Filer for organizing, storing, and retrieving information 

• Calendar to plan and schedule upcoming events 

• Telecom to access information and data services and 
communicate with other computers 

• Mail to create and read messages 

• Host for communicating with the DeskMate from a remote 
terminal or another computer 

In addition to the applications listed above are various subfunctions 
that you can use anytime, anywhere in DeskMate: 

• ALARM, which, when turned on, beeps and displays messages 
to remind you of scheduled appointments and events 

• CALCULATOR for computing figures 

• PHONE for automatic memory dialing 

• HELP for quick assistance on using any application 

• DATE to change the system date under which you powered up 
the computer 

• SCREEN to print the contents of the current screen 

• PRINTER to set printer settings such as margins before 
printing 



nm 



w jamk 



mm 



\m£ 



mm 



r~r 



h—-^ 



The DeskMate package includes this tutorial booklet, a Reference 
Manual, a Quick Reference Card, a Program Diskette, and a Data 
Diskette. The sample session, which makes up most of this booklet, is 
designed to help you become familiar with DeskMate by 
demonstrating and stepping you through its many features. 

To quickly look up information about a specific topic, use the 
Reference Manual. It covers every aspect of an application or 
subfunction in detail and helps you understand and use the full 
range of features available in DeskMate. 

To use DeskMate, the following equipment is required: 

• TRS-80® Model 4 or 4P Microcomputer with a minimum 64K 
memory and two disk drives 

To use Host, Telecom, and Phone, you need a modem. To have the 
computer automatically dial a number, you need a modem with an 
auto dialing function. To have the computer answer a call, you need 
a modem with an auto answering function. 

To print information, you need a printer with an appropriate cable. 



Beginning the 
Sample Session 



During most of the sample session, you will be working with sample 
data involving the catering firm, Bon Appetit, which is owned by a 
Mr. Edwin Raymond. You will be using DeskMate on Edwin's behalf. 
The sample session is broken down into mini-sessions, each one 
covering a different application or subfunction. 

Before you try out some of DeskMate's features, make backups 
(duplicates) of the DeskMate Program Diskette and the DeskMate 
Data Diskette. Never run DeskMate with the original Program and 
Data Diskettes — use them only for making working copies. Store 
the original diskettes in a safe place, away from dust, magnetic 
fields, or anything else that might damage them. Use the backups 
when you want to run DeskMate. 



fe- 
lt" ;gr 

* "If 






1* M 



'a ^ 



,-.. --a 

*— --■!■! 



Backing Up 
Program Diskettes 

To back up your DeskMate Program Diskette, follow these steps: 

1. Turn on your computer system as instructed in the 
Introduction to Your Disk System manual. 

2. Insert a new, blank diskette in Drive 1 (or an old diskette you 
wish to reuse), and close the drive door. 

3. Insert a TRSDOS 6.2.0 system diskette in Drive and close 
the drive door. 

4. Press the reset button. 

5. The screen shows: 

Date MM/DD/YY ? 

For purposes of using the sample session data, type 02/25/85 
CENTER). This system date will correspond with sample data 
and examples you'll be using. 

6. At TRSDOS Ready, type FORMAT :1 (Q = N) (ENTER) . 

7. If you are reusing an old diskette, the screen may show: 

Diskette contains data - Name= NAME Date= MM/DD/YY 
Are you sure you want to format it ? 

Type Y (ENTER) . 

8. When the formatting process is complete, the screen should 
show: 

Formatting complete 
TRSDOS Ready 

9. Type BACKUP (ENTER) . 

Remove the system diskette from Drive and insert the 
program diskette. Close the drive door. 






p 



'mk 






^wttsmmh- 




*^^gmi^^mmmmmmm^m 




ia«f''i"WM 






^— ^ 



"^1 



v! 



10. For Source drive num ber, typ e (MTHD, then for Destination 
drive number, type 1 (ENTER). 

11. The following message may appear on the screen: 

Destination disk ID is different: Name = NAME Date = MM/DD/YY 
Are you sure you want to backup to it (Y,N> ? 



Type Y CENTER). When the backup is complete, the screen 
shows: 

Backup complete 

TRSDOS Ready 

Write the diskette name on the label of the new backup 
diskette, using a felt-tip pen. 



Backing Up 
Data Diskettes 

To back up your DeskMate Data Diskette, follow these steps: 

1. Insert a diskette containing TRSDOS® in Drive and close the 
drive door. 

2. Insert a new, blank diskette in Drive 1 (or an old diskette you 
wish to reuse), and close the drive door. 

3. At TRSDOS Ready, type FORMAT :1 (Q = N) (ENTER). 

4. If you are reusing an old diskette, the screen may show: 

Diskette contains data - Name= Name Date= MM/DD/YY 
Are you sure you want to format it ? 

Type Y (ENTER) . 



set^ 






M i -■ . 



•JSBe 



galgljl 



f^LJ ~.3B& 







£: 




B£BgM£S£3MggnHES$j 









^**^ 



^:ri 



5. When the formatting process is complete, the following message 
appears: 

Formatting complete 

TRSDOS Ready 



6. Now type BACKUP :0 :1 (X) (ENTER) . 

7. When Insert SOURCE disk (ENTER) appears, remove the system 
diskette from Drive and insert the data diskette you wish to 
back up. Close the drive door and press CENTER) . 

8. The following message may appear: 

Destination disk ID is different: Name =NAME Date = MM/DD/YY 
Are you sure you want to backup to it (Y,N) ? 



Type Y CENTER) . 
9. When the backup procedure is complete, the screen shows: 

Insert SYSTEM disk (ENTER) 

Remove the disk in Drive 0. Insert the system diskette and press 
CENTER) . The screen shows: 

Backup complete 

TRSDOS Ready 

Write the diskette name on the label of the new backup diskette, 
using a felt-tip pen. 



The Main Menu Screen 

Insert a backup copy of the DeskMate Program Diskette into Drive 
and a copy of the Data Diskette into Drive 1. Press the reset button. 
To load DeskMate, type DM CENTER) . The Main Menu is soon 
displayed. 



H 



o 



life' 



— ^sUl 



.psssA 






02/25/85 10:30am 



Tandy DeskMate Version 01.00.00 

Events for Today : 

Make appointment with accountant 

Man's birthday — call florist 

Write confirmation letter to Wilson 

Shop at fish and produce wholesale markets 

Meet Bill at gym 

Prepare food for Davis luncheon 

Luncheon at Riverdale Country Club 



FEB 1985 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 



05:30a 
07:30a 
08:30a 

11:45a 



Text 



LHEAD 
ADDRESS 



Worksheet 



Filer 



CLIENTS 



Telecom 



Calendar 



AGENDA 



Mail 



LAURA 
MESSAGES 



[0] 

DATE 



[1] 

NAME 



[2] 

FREE 



[3] 

ALARM 



t4] [5] [6] 

BDST PASSWD SELECT 



[7] 

COPY 



[8] 

DELETE 



[9] 

SWAP 



The top line shows the program name and the current date and time. 
(The date shown is the system date you entered when powering up 
the computer.) The current month's calendar is at the left with 
today's date highlighted (displayed in reverse video). 

Events scheduled for today's date are displayed to the right of the 
calendar to remind you of special occasions. You enter events through 
Calendar and Alarm. These events can be special meetings and 
engagements or "all-day" events not associated with a particular 
time (like a birthday). 

The bottom half of the screen lists the DeskMate applications and 
previously created DeskMate files. These files contain sample data 
that you will be using during the sample session. 

In the first column on the left are files created with the application, 
Text, followed by spreadsheet files created with the Worksheet 
application. Files created with Filer are displayed in the next 
column. Automatic log on files that give you instant access to 
information services such as CompuServe are listed under Telecom. 
Calendar files are displayed in the next column, followed by Mail files 
that consist of messages you both send and receive. 






— ™="'2J>ss* 



s * lss %k ■«# 



-» a 



Vi -3 



a j 



* 1 



-1 


J 


"~1 


1 


] 


1 



m i 




The bottom two lines of the screen are label lines listing the 
available functions of the applic ation y ou are currently using. To 
select a function, hold down the (CLEAR) key and without releasing 
(CUM), press the number of the function you wish to use. For 
example, if you wanted to change the date displayed in the upper 
right corner and highlighted in the calendar, you would press 
(CLEAR) CD for DATE. (The Main Menu functions currently displayed 
will be discussed in the section, "Main Menu.") 

The sample session starts on the next page with the application, 
Text. When you are finished with a particular part of the sample 
session and want to exit DeskMate, press (F3) repeatedly until 
TRSDOS Ready appears. To have an extra copy of the work you have 
done during the sample session, make a backup of the DeskMate 
Data Diskette. It is a good idea to get into the habit of backing up 
your working copy at the end of each day you enter or change data. 
After you have made a backup, remove all diskettes and turn off the 
computer system. 

Note: When you are finished with the sample session and wish to 
use DeskMate for your own purposes, you can delete the 
sample data files so that you can store your information on the 
Data Diskette in Drive 1. The section, "Ending the Sample 
Session," gives more detailed information on this subject. 

Arrow and 
Function Keys 

To select an application, position the selection marker over the 
desired application by using Q and keys. When the application 
you want to use is highlighted, press (ENTER) to select that 
application. 

To select an existing DeskMate file, press CD to move the selection 
marker to the bottom half of the screen. Then use the arrow keys to 
move the selection marker to the desired file, and press (ENTER) when 
the desired file is highlighted. The corresponding application is also 
highlighted and selected at the same time. You can also select the 
appropriate application, then enter the filename to access the desired 
file. 






lanod 






W& 






-*—"* 






y^t0? 



You will be using the arrow keys within applications and 
subfunctions to move the selection marker or cursor to a particular 
piece of information. (The selection marker indicates that a whole 
unit of information is marked, such as a file or an application A 
cursor marks a single character.) To move the selection marker or 
cursor farther and faster, use the arrow keys with (SHIFT) or 
SUAE). See the Quick Reference Card for details on using the arrow 
keys. 

Note: Whenever you see a two-key instruction, such as (SHIFT) f^ 
or mm CD, hold down the first key and without releasing 
that key, press the second key. 

There are five general purpose keys that you can use at all times (M) 
is a backspace/delete key that moves the cursor to the left one space 
and erases the previous character. And since "insert mode" is the 
mode in which you'll usually be typing, you can simply type the 
character you originally intended to, and the characters following the 
deleted character shift automatically to the right one space. 

(ED displays a menu listing eight subfunctions (as distinguished from 
tte mam DesKMate applications) you can choose at any time Press 
(F2J now to see this menu. At the bottom of the screen, you see- 



101 
HELP 



[1] 
ALARM 



[2] 
CALC 



[3] 
PHONE 



[4] 
SCREEN 



[5] [6] 
PRINTER DATE 



[7] [8] 
ALARM OFF 



[9] 




jjj 



These subfunctions will be described throughout the tutorial. 

Note: Each application has a help screen, which, like the Quick 

Reference Card, briefly explains all the available key functions 
Whenever you want to display the help screen for the 
application you are currently using, press (F2) for the 
subfunctions menu, then press (CLEAR] (W). 

(ED returns you to the previous level of operation, the Main Menu or 
back to TRSDOS Ready. Use ® if you have chosen an application or 
subfunction accidentally or if you are finished with whatever you are 
doing. Press (F3) now to return to the Main Menu level of operation 
I he subfunction menu is replaced with the Main Menu label lines ' 






.-_■ 









1 



A special key combination, (SHIFT) (£3), can be used in the Text and 

oTr^tTaLtT? t0 T save a new flle or changes -~ n 

file are Jot s ' h ^ m " ^ ChangGS made to an existin g 
rue are not saved and you return to the Main Menu. 

Sd?nta a ilv el r he CU 7 Gnt reqUeSt ° r C ° mmand - For exa ^e, if you 
return oh ^ & ^T^' *""* (M ™ t0 dis ^inue and 

s:tr Ievel of operation s ° that you c - cho °- 

If you leave a particular screen on without doing anything for more 
han 10 routes, the contents of the screen disappear anf vou Tee 
he message, DeskMate by Tandy Press Any Key s roll fromrigh to 
eft. Ihis action prevents the previous image from being C rne fo n ° 

aVp C e r a e r e s n '"^ *"" "* ** ^ the P-™en 



isPfc 






-::■ -5 



^fefcssiss. 






g 




5" 


ESsS**" 


lBII 




E*J 




pSl 


fc-?fS : 



6i : - 



K. 


3p 




£ 


St 




c_: 


r^7 V ' 




£ 


'IT^iZ -»'■- ' 




ST' - 






fc 


p-^&OB.'-. 




§■«.. ..... 


rS*' 


iftteSss* 







p^^^^s^^^sia^^^^g^gai 



TEXT 



«p* 



1$ 



Press dNH® to select Text. At the Enter Filename: prompt type 
Letter (ENTER) for the name of the text file you are creating A 
blank typing page appears with label lines at the bottom of the 
screen, showing the functions available in Text. 



m 

FIND 



[1] 
PRINT 



[2] 
ADD 



£3] [4] 

FORMAT iYERGE 



t5] 

SAVE 



[6] [7] 

SELECT COPY 



[8] [9] 

DELETE INSERT 



Type the following letter, pressing dSHE where indicated. Do not 
worry about typing mistakes - later you'll learn how to correct 
errors by inserting, deleting, and overstriking text 



c**^ 

1 



4*H&& 






=1 



=1 



Wm 



li 



ite.*, 



■B 



SPSOTSS15 







Dear Mrs. Williams: (ENTER) 

CENTER) 

I am writing to confirm your agenda for the upcoming month. 

Ihave you scheduled for the following days: [ENTER) 

hub 

3/3/85 

3/12/85 

3/25/85 

3/31/85 



Luncheon for 8 at noon (ENTER) 
Afternoon tea for 6 at 3:00 (ENTER) 



Dinner for 10 at 8:00 (ENTER) 
Wedding reception for 60 at 7:30 (ENTER) 
(ENTER) 

If any of the above information is incorrect, please inform me as 

quickly as possible, as March appears to be a very busy month. Also, 

we ne ed to get together soon and arrange the menus. (ENTER) 

CENTER) 

Sincerely, (ENTER) 

(ENTER) 

Edwin Raymond (ENTER) 



Note: k indicates the end of a document and n indicates the end of a 

line. 

You need to add an event to the list for March 1st, so move the cursor 
over the first 3 of 3/3/85 by holding down the QD key until you are at 
the line containing the March 3rd event. You are currently in ADD 
mode (the default typing mode) as shown in the label line at the 
bottom of the screen. Type 3/1/85, press the space bar three times, 
then type Bridal shower for 15 at 1:00 (ENTER) . Note that the 
original text automatically moved to the right as you added 
(inserted) the new text and then moved down to the next line when 
you pressed (ENTER) after typing. 

The information for the event scheduled on March 25th needs to be 
changed to March 26th for 12 people. First move the cursor over the 
5 of 25. To change the typing mode to REPLACE, press (CLEAR) CD. 
(Note that REPLACE now appears in the label line.) Type 6 over the 
5, move the cursor to the of 10, and then type 2 over the 0. 
REPLACE (overstrike) mode lets you type over text. 

One more correction should be made — the word, "and," in the last 
sentence should be changed to "to." Move the cursor to the a in and 
and type to. Now press (CLEAR) QD (for DELETE) to erase the d and 
shift the rest of the sentence to the left one character. Press ( CLEAR) 
CD to switch from REPLACE back to ADD mode. 



12 



s —a 



(a 




£- 




E 






f-^Sv:. 


i 






iiSp 


6' 





fc 




| #ffi ig $ !5 %v# g*qcs*a£ /a i 



Hfl^BMHS^SHi 



Note: If you made any mistakes while typing the letter, correct 
those errors now by using the ADD/REPLACE typing modes 
and the DELETE function, then continue with the rest of the 
lext sample session. Remember that you can also use the (FT) 
key (m ADD mode) to delete the character to the left of the 
cursor and close up text. 



Copying Text from 
Another File 



bn 



8 

Ism 



s*tflf 









111 



1 d 




-*-4 




1 f 








Ǥ*! "3 




~1 ~ 




<H 




•^0^1 ■ffl 




"*\L_jf 




.-* 


tfl 


<**" __jjj > 


,s^l 



Address information from another Text file should be inserted above 
the salutatiomPress (F3) to save the letter and return to the Main 
Menu. Press CD to move the selection marker to the bottom half of 

f^rS G Z' m ° Ve the marker over ^e ADDRESS file, and press 

CENJJR). Ihe name/address information of Mr. Raymond's customers 

S S ^ nH T ° l0 ° k UP MrS ' WilliamS ' address > Press 
mm fflforRND. Type Wil (using just part of the name, 

Williams) mm for the search string. The cursor moves to the W 
oi Williams. 

Anytime you want to do something with a block of information (copy 
insert, delete), you must first select and define the text block using 

™ n Si ?' ^^l M ° Ve thG CUrS ° r t0 the M of fc and press 
^£JB) C® to select the beginning of the address block, then press 
LU three timesto select the three lines of Mrs. Williams' address 
block. Press (CLEAR) © to put a copy of the address block m the copy 

Tocreate a new file in which to put a copy of the address block, press 
(CLEAR) CZ) again. At the bottom of the screen, you see: 



From: 



To: 



Press .(MM) to skipthe From prompt, and for the new filename 
type Williams (FJlIH). Since you are finished using this file, press 
(£3) to return to the Main Menu. Press CD to move the selection 
markertothe file section, then move the marker over LETTER and 

press (Inter). 



13 













^^p^^^^^gEpSf^t®.^ 



3 _/j 



3W *M 



When the letter reappears, press (CLEAR) CD to use the COPY 
function again. Type Williams (ENTER) to load the copy buffer from 
that file. To insert the address block above the salutation, make sure 
the cursor is at the beginning of the letter, and press (CLlAR) CD to 
INSERT the contents of the copy buffer at the current cursor position. 

You need to add a blank line between the customer's address and the 
salutation. Check the label line at the bottom of the screen to make 
sure you're in ADD mode. If REPLACE is displayed instead of ADD, 
press (CLEAR) QD to change typing modes. Move the cursor to the D 
of Dear and press (ENTER) to create a blank line. 

Edwin Raymond's return address should be placed above Mrs. 
Williams' address. A Text file called LHEAD contains the standard 
headin g Edwin uses at the top of all his correspondence. Press 
(ELE® CD to move the cursor to the beginning of the text. To insert 
the Text file, LHEAD, at t he top of the letter, press (CLEAR) QD for 
MERGE, then type Lhead (ENTER) for the filename. 

The address information appears at the beginning of the document, 
and now the letter looks like this: 



Edwin Raymond 

4000 Seville Avenue 

Fort Worth, Texas 76126 

Date 

Mrs. Eliot Williams 

1908 Florida Avenue 

Denton, Texas 70912 

Dear Mrs. Williams: 

1 am writing to confirm your agenda for the upcoming month, I have 
you scheduled for the following days: 

3/1/85 Bridal shower for 15 at 1:00 

3/3/85 Luncheon for 8 at noon 

3/12/85 Afternoon tea for 6 at 3:00 

3-26/85 Dinner for 12 at 8:00 

3 31/85 Wedding reception for 60 at 7:30 

If any of the above information is incorrect, please inform me as 
quickly as possible, as March appears to be a very busy month. Also, 
we need to get together soon to arrange the menus 

Sincerely, 

Edwin Raymond 



14 



r _ r 



EL 



»*"»•<*«%•*, jt 







9S^^^S^SS^B^^^SSSSS&M 






Move the cursor to the D of the Date line. Press (CLEAR) (T) to 
switch to REPLACE mode, then type February 25, 1985 (ENTER) . 
To add a blank line betwe en the addresses, move the cursor to the 
M in Mrs. and press (ENTER) . 

Note: With the addition of two address blocks, the letter now 
contains more than 22 lines — the maximum number of 
text lines that can be displayed on a screen. Press (CLEAR) 
CD to move the cursor to the end of the letter to see the 
lines that would not fit on the screen. 



Printing 

Text 



Before printing text it is a good idea to make the line width 
displayed on the screen coincide with the line width that will be 
printed on a page. By using the function, FORMAT, you can get a 
rough idea of what the text will look like when it is printed. To 
change the displayed line width, press (CLEAR) GD for FORMAT. 
The default (built-in) width value is 70. Since the letter will be 
printed with a line width of 50, type 50 (ENTER) to change the 
display. 



^^J 
P^^ 






Sail? 






31 



Hap 

iiif 



Vfi 



15 






The letter now looks like this: 



Edwin Raymond 
4000 Seville Avenue 
Fort Worth, Texas 76126 
February 25, 1985 

Mrs. Eliot Williams 
1908 Florida Avenue 
Denton, Texas 70912 



ir""~"S 



Dear Mrs. Williams: 

i am writing to confirm your agenda for the 
upcoming month, I have you scheduled for the 
following days: 

3'1 85 Bridal shower for 15 at 1:00 

3/3.85 Luncheon for 8 at noon 

3 12 85 Afternoon tea for 6 at 3:00 

3 26 85 Dinner for 12 at 8:00 

3 31 85 Wedding reception for 60 at 7:30 

If any of the above information is incorrect, 
please inform me as quickly as possible, as March 
appears to be a very busy month Also, we need to 
get together soon to arrange the menus. 

Sincerely, 



Edwin Raymond 



Note: Use the arrow keys to see the entire letter. 

Make sure your printer is properly connected and on-line Use 
standard 8V 2 by 11 inch paper (80-column computer paper), and 
align the paper in the printer. Advance the paper so that the 
printer head is on the sixth line to manually set the top margin. 

Press (F2) to display the subfunctions menu. At the bottom of the 
screen, you see: 



lfefe:,, ; 



[0] 
HELP 



[1] 
ALARM 



[2] 
CALC 



[3] 
PHCNE 



[4] 
SCREEN 



[5] [6] 
PRINTER CftTE 



[7] [8] 
ALARM OFF 



[9] 






16 




MwmMmms^^wmmg^^igM 






Press dUffl) CD to display the PRINTER setting Tt, 

shows the default values for the five settings SCree " 



WINTER SETTINGS 



Left Margin: 

Printed Line Width: 
Total Lines pet Page: 
Printed Lines per Page: 
Pause between Pages (Y/N): 



70 
66 
60 






:i 



^\. jSI 



"**"i l1 



mmTLT^ f°r the Uft Mar9i " is Bhown as ». Type 15 

of characters £ ^ Z^nl^Z^ T <„ ta "f^^ 
default line width of 70 to 50, type 50 ©S"' ge the 

Total Lines per Page refers to your naoer «■?<> tt 
on the entire page The drf a „ltlw T ~ e number of lines 
used for both regular c „tu ™^ ° 8 V bvn' "T Pa9e ' 6& ' is 
column c„ mp uter paper (14 by 11 TuTh tf & s rSS Md "f • ^ 
displayed default value of 66. ™ IHI t0 use the 

c P n tbe d pa;: S CvaLel^s t """T * '^ *" ^ P ™ ted 
Page minus the number of Uank fi nT "" ent6red &r T ° ta ' LinK *' 
bottom of a page A?ter vo " " n T WSnt at the to P and 
paper to startTinW fr ZTheTn / f^ "* P ™ ter ^^ the 
double that line value iTtl w the prmter head Potion, 

Page value " d thm SUbtract that fr °™ *e Total Urn's per 

the result, 54, is the value for Prints i • Dtract 12 from 66 and 
to change the Printed Lines Per CeieZT ^ ^ M "^ 



17 




^^^^rB^^Sa^i^^^^^^^i^^^ 






msy-jnuA 



Ifyou are printing on continuous form paper, you would type N 
mm to choose the N (no pause) setting. U tells the computer not 
to stopafter printing each page. Ifyou are printing on single sheets 
press (EN7ID to keep the Y (pause) default. The setting for Pause ' 
between Pages does not really matter in this example since the letter 
is less than one printed page. For this example, simply press (F3) to 
skip the lastprompt and to redisplay the Text function label lines 
then press CESM) CD to start printing. 



Exchanging 

Text 



After the printer has stopped, press (F3) to save the letter file and 
return to the Main Menu. At the Main Menu, press CD then move 
the marker over ADDRESS and press (HUB). The name/address 
information of Mr. Raymond's customers reappears on the screen 
Fress (F2) to display the subfunctions menu, then press (CLEAR) ® for 
the iext Help screen. The screen shows: 



Text 

To select a function, press [CLEAR] and nunber/character key. 

16 J h^P ^ innin 9 of Wock, rove cursor to end of desired 
block, then COPY or DELETE. uesirea 

[7] COPY SELBCTed black to copy buffer or add TO specified Text 
file, or load COPY buffer FROM a specified T^xff iff ^ 

[8] DELETE current character or SELECTed block. 

t9] INSERT contents of copy buffer at cursor position. 

tE] S^^T* f rin9 ratCh * th «Pl«=ement string. 

Stches^r ISf t^ St r ngS - P / BSS [Y] ° r W *t *" 
uatcnes or L BREAK] to cancel search/replace process. 



Press P3 to Return 



18 



F 
F 

V- 

V- 



£*,_-•! 






\mk 



-f*B 



f BB 8B0iJ&£&& ! 8 !g^^ 




iM8$G388XF 



1 



w 



■*** 


■^ 


-,-$&$ 




~~] 


i 


«j**>^ 


-;lf 


.A 




"~\ 


-^ 


.~i 




*z 


=3vl 


4* 






To see the next help screen, press (ENTER) . 



To select a function, press [CLEAR] and number key. 

[0] FIND specified string. Enter search string for first match 
Press [CLEAR] [0] , [ENTER] to search for next, match. 

[1] PRINT document. First, check PRINTER settings on 
subf unctions menu. 

[2] ADD/REPLACE switch. Switch between insert (ADD) and 
overstrike (REPLACE) modes. 

[3] FORMAT screen display. Enter desired line width. 

[4] MERGE another Text file at cursor position. Enter filename. 

[5] SAVE copy of current document to disk. Enter new filename 
or press [ENTER] to use original filename. 



Press Enter to Continue 



Press (FD to return to the previous screen. 

The only Text function you have not used yet is the last one shown on 
the above Help screen, EXCHANGE. The EXCHANGE function lets you 
find a specific string of characters throughout a text file and replace 
the string with different text. 

For example, suppose you want ed to c hange almost every occurrence 
of Fort Worth to Dallas. Press (CLEAR) CD for EXCHANGE then type 
Fort Worth dNJjR) for the Search string. Next, for the Replacement 
string, type Dallas (ENTER) . 

The cursor moves to the first occurrence of Fort Worth in Cindy 
Beauchamp's address and you are asked Replace? (Y/N). Press (T). 
The Replacement string, Dallas, is substituted for the Search string, 
Fort Worth, and then the cursor moves to the next occurrence of the ' 
Search string in Ellen McKinney's address. Press QD to keep this 
occurrence of Fort Worth. The cursor moves to the last address and 
asks you Replace? (Y/N). Press CD- The Text labels lines reappear. 

To change the address es back to the way they were originally, press 
(CLEAR) CD, then press (CLEAR) CD for EXCHANGE again. This time, 
type Dallas dNTJH) for the Search string and Fort Worth (ENTER) for 
the Replacement string. Press CD at the first occurrence, CTD at the 
second occurrence, and CD at the last occurrence. Now the Address 
file is the same as when you opened it. 



19 







^SSSKBSBSBmmBSt 



L- 



Using Calculator 
Within Text 



You can select the subfunction, CALCULATOR, while using any 
application. Before exiting Text and returning to the Main Menu 
experiment with Calculator. Press (F2), then press (CLEAR) ® to use 
Calculator. Ihe Text label lines at the bottom of the screen are 
replaced by the Calculator labels and a small window to display 



W HI [2] 
ADD SDRTR MJLT 



[3] 
DIV 



[4] [5] 

PERCENT +/- 



16] 

CA 



[7] 
CE 



Calculator works just like a hand-held calculator, except that both 
the accumulator (the result of the last mathematical operation) and 
the operand (the number upon which the operation is performed) are 
always visible (You usually can enter and see only one number at a 
time on a hand-held calculator.) 

For example, to add 5 and 1, type 5 dNUB), 1 (ENTER). The answer 
6.0, ^ simulator) is displayed on the top line. To subtract 4 from 
6, press (CLEAR) (T) for S U BTR, then type 4 dBUR). The top line 
changes to 2.0. ^ 

Division and multiplication are done in the same fashion. To multiply 
2by 10.3, type 10.3 * WEB). (To multiply, you can use the (CHAR) 
L2J function or type *.) The accumulator is now 20.6. To divide 20 6 
by .4, press (CLjAR) (3j, and then type .4 dNTER). The answer 51 5 " 
is shown on the top line. Note that it doesn't matter in what order 
you do things: you can type the operand or select the mathematical 
operation first. In either case, once you press dSUB) the operation is 
performed and the answer is displayed. 

Now suppose^ou want to know what 25 percent of 51.5 is Type % 
(or press (CLEAR) ®), and then type 25 (ENTER). The accumulator 
changes to 12.875. The PERCENT function takes the operand you 
enter and gives that percentage of the accumulator, displaying the 
result on the top line. 8 



2™;a 



mM 



20 







w 



' :si 8§lS .„ KM 



j \''^i 



(ELHD CD changes the sign of the operand from positive to negative 
and vice versa. For example, to div ide 12.875 by a negative 4, press 
(MM CD for DIVIDE, then (CLEAR) © to change the sign of the 
operand to negative, then type 4 (ENTER) . The answer, shown on the 
top line, is -3.21875. 

The (Eg) function erases b oth th e top arid bottom lines and sets the 
operation to ADD. Press (CLEAR) CD for CLEAR ALL (CA) to start 
over. Type 51.5 (ENTER) . 

If you make a mistake in typing an operand, press (CLEAR) (T) before 
you press (ENIfR) to perform the operation. When you use the C E 
(Clear Entry) function, only the last number typed (the operand) is 
erased — the original arithmetic operation is still performed. For 
example, suppose you want to take 30% of 51.5 and instead you 
accidentally type 25. Press (CLEAR) ® for PERCENT, then type 25. 
Press (CLEAR) CD to erase the 25, then type 30 (ENTER) . The new 
result is 15.45. 

To exit Calculator and return to Text, press (F3). The bottom lines 
change back to the Text lables. 



H 
H 



H 



S&*fc ,; 



<SK 



21 



if 



Exiting 

Text 



To exit Text, press (ED to return to the Main Menu. (ED saves a newh 
created document you just typed or any editing changes made to an 
old document. When you press (ED, the Text file (and any revisions 
made to it) is saved on disk, and you also exit Text and return to the 
Main Menu. 

If you do not want to save a newly created document or the editing 
changes made to an old document, press (SHIFT ) (F3). When you press 
(SHIFT) (ED, you are asked if you want to Cancel Edit? (Y/N). Press 
CD to return to the Main Menu and not save a new document or any 
editing changes made to an old document. If you were editing an old 
document, the text file is "unedited" — it is exactly the same as it 
was when you first opened it for revisions. Press QD if you want to 
continue editing and do want to save the changes you've made. 

If you have edited a file and want to keep the file as it was originally 
entered plus have a new file including all changes, use the SAVE 
function by pressing (CLEAR) QT). Then, enter a name for the new file 
with the editing changes. 



fc:f 






-*=* «- 



22 



4 



^#ni 



H 



■■■■* 3 8i8sl _ v iM 



FILER 



To select the file, CLIENTS, from the Main Menu, place the selection 
marker over CLIENTS under the Filer column and press (ENTER) The 
screen soon shows the first record in the Clients file. 



FILER [CLIENTS] First Record 

Last Name *: Beauchanp 

First Name * • cindy 

Mdress * : 2209 Riverdale Road 

Address * : 

cit y * : Fort Worth 

State * : q^ 

Zip Code * : 76107 

phone *: 817-883-1267 



02/25/85 10:30am 



Acct Bal ($) *# 



Remarks. 



Prefers French cuisine, very dry wines. Allergic 
to almonds. Member of Riverdale Country Club. 



[0] 

FIND 



[1] 
CALL 



[2] [3] 
DISPLAY PRINT 



[4] 
FORM 



[5] 
MERGE 



[6] 

SELECT 



[7] 
COPY 



[8] 

DELETE 



[9] 

ADD 



Edwin Raymond previously set up this form to use for clients All 
records of his clients taken together make up the file, Clients A form 
is divided into two parts: labels are in the left column, and the right 
halt of the screen is for entering the actual data for the client For 
example, Last Name is a label, and Beauchamp is the data field. 

The pound sign (#), next to the Account Bal ($) label, indicates that 

tT^m m *cl T St be 6ntered in tWs field - However ' y° u ca * also use 
the NUMBER function, which displays a pound sign m the label area 
when creating a form to make any data field, text or numeric, right- ' 
justified for print and display purposes. An asterisk (*) in the label 
area indicates that the information in the label and data areas will 
be printed or displayed if you choose those functions. 



m 



^■tesssgas? 



:u V 



m 



23 



o 



SSKr^r rec ° rd ' The screen shows a fan 



FILER [CLIENT] 

Last Name * : Davis 

First Nane *. Frederick 

Address 

Address 

ffi" * : Arlington 

State * . ijijj 

Zip Cede *. 77109 



02/25/85 



6601 Oak Boulevard 



Phone * . 



817-256-9011 



Acct Bal (S) *# 217.33 



Remarks. 



': ^standing bill for 1/15/85 dinner. Sent 1/31/85 
Call if not paid by 2/28/85. ' ' 



m 

FIND 



[1] 
CALL 



[2] [3] [ 4 ] 

DISPLAY PRINT FORM 



[5] 

MERGE 



[6] [7] 

SELECT COPY 




Records are arranged in alphabetical order or ascending numerical 
order depending upon what kind of data is entered for L S aoel 
of a form. For example, if clients were given account numbers and 

mZltr ^ "f lab 1-° f ^ f °™' the ^ ds in STcSL 
file would be arranged according to ascending account number. 



Note: 



You can arrange records using any label you wish when vou 
create a form using the R D E R function. This topic is " 
explained later in this section. 



Finding 
Records 



Suppose that you would like to see all records of clients who live in 
Port Worth Press (CLEAR) ® for FIND. A blank form is displavld 
New label lines appear at the bottom of the screen with function 
keys you can use while in FIND mode. To skip the first four data 

ct S To P sr SP ^ f^ ^ *» ^ * °* ^ d ^ fitd for 
Wnrtl rS££ v C ° rd ^ h0Se Clt y e ^ als F °rt Worth, tvpe Fort 
disnlt^f' , w t0 retUm t0 the ° r ^ mal FiIer scr een and 

on TnTscrLn" ^ ^ ^ Beaucham P's -cord reappears 









24 




wm&msM&&^&&m!^^^mmi 



.-**" 



3 






I 

•** Jl 



__il 



Press (CLEAR) C3to see the next match found. The screen shows the 
record of Laura Wordsworth. 

Press (CLEAR) QD for FIN D again. Suppose you want to print a list of 
those customers who have an outstan ding balance in their account 
(Account Balance > 0). Press (CLEAR) QD to RESET the search 
criteria. Pr ess CD until the marker is positioned on the Account Bal 
line. Press (CLEAR) CD to change the operator from "equal to " to 
"greater than or equal to." Then, type 1 (ENTER) for the amount. 

Note: = is the default operator to find an exact match of the search 
criteri a entered, but you can change the operator by pressing 
(CLEAR) CD to look for a match GREATER than or equal to or 
(CLEAR) (2D for L E S S than or equal to. 

Presently, all the labels and data fields are marked to be printed or 
displayed as indicated by an asterisk on each label line. To display 
and print labels and data for the labels, Last Name, First Name, and 
Account Balance only, you need to "unmark" the rest of the labels. 

Before exiting the FIN D screen, move the marker to the first address 
line, and press ( CLEAR) QD. The asterisk disappears so that now the 
first Address label and information will not be displayed or printed. 
MARK switches back and forth from marking to unmarking a label 
and associated data for printing and displaying. 

Move the marker to the second address line, and press (CLEAR) QD to 
unmark that label. Repeat this process for the City, State, Zip Code, 
Phone, and Remarks labels. When only the labels, Last Name, First' 
Name, and Account Balance, have an asterisk next to them, press (£3) 
to return to the original Filer screen. The first record with an 
outstanding balance, that of Frederick Davis, is displayed. 

The two functions, DISPLAY and PRINT, list a group of records 
(rather than just one record at a time) in horizontal format. To 
display a list of those customers who have an account balance equal 
to or greater than $1.00, press (CLEAR) GO. The screen soon displays 
the list of records that match the FIND criteria. 



25 






m 






IS 



lm 



ited^. 




" i, ** B WW<tS5''W W 






FILER - DISPLAY [CLIENTS] 
Last Name First Name 

Davis Frederick 
Helirer John 
Williams Eliot (Mrs.) 
[End of List] 



Find Mode 02/25/85 10:30am 



Acct Bal 



217.33 
650.51 



[0] 



[1] 
CALL 



[2] 



[3] 
PRINT 



[4] 



[5] 



[6] [7] 
SELECT COPY 



[8] 



[9] 



The labels are displayed on the top line with the data of the 
matching records below the appropriate label column. 

To print this information, first make sure that your printer is on-line 
and that the paper is advanced so that printing will begin about an 
inch or so from the top of the paper (about six lines from the top). 
Next, you need to check the printer settings, so pr ess (ED , then 
(CLEAR) GD. To change the printer setting s, type (ENTER ) for Left 
Margin, 80 (ENTER) for Printed Line Width, (ENTER) to keep 66 for Total 
Lines per Page, then type 60 (ENTER) for Printed Lines per Page. 

Press (F3) to return to Filer, then press (CLEAR) GD to print. The 
records are printed exactly the way they appear on the screen when 
you display them. To exit the DISPLAY screen, press (F3). The lines 
with the original function keys reappear. 

To add a new record, press (CLEAR) GD. A blank screen appears so 
that you can fill in the information for the new client. For Last Name, 
type McKinney ( ENTER) . For First Name, type Ellen dNTER). Type 
3398 Ridgeway (ENTER) in the first address line, then type 
Apartment 500 (ENTER) in the second addre ss line For City, type 
Fort Worth (ENTER) , then for State, type Tx CENTEg). Type 76103 
(ENTER) for the Zip Code. For Phone, type 8173338166 (ENIERJ. Type 
( ENTER) for the account balance. For the last item, Remarks, type 
Prefers Szechwanese cuisine -- very spicy. 



w 



mw 



it- 

W 






Mr 



mam^ ^ 



26 



"'■^Jf ^MBl&e*s-<- 



1 



<*m ."id 

~ ^3 



To exit ADD mode, press (F3). Press (CLEAR) QD for FIN D, then press 
(CLEAR) QD to clear the current FIND selections. Press (ED to return 
to the original Filer screen and the first record in the file, Cindy 
Beauchamp. To call Cindy Beauchamp, press QD until the marker is 
on the Phone line. If you were to actually make the phone call now, 
you would press (CLEAR) QD to have the number automatically dialed 
for you. 



Creating a 
New Form 



Now, you are going to create a special form for the stores and 
companies Edwin uses. Press (ED until the Main Menu is displayed. 
Select the Filer application again. Type Supplier (ENTER) as the 
name of the new file you are creating. A blank FORM screen is 
displayed when you create a new file to contain information on a 
particular subject, and you see the FORM function key label lines: 



10] 
ORDER 



[1] 
PACK 



[2] 

NUMBER 



[3] 



[4] 



[5] 



[6] 



[7] 



[8] [9] 

DELETE ADD 



For the first label, type Company (ENTER) . The rest of the space 
allocated for the label is filled with periods, a colon is inserted, and 
the cursor automatically moves to the first position in the data area. 
Press CENTER) to fill the rest of the line with periods. When you 
actually enter data for this label, you will be able to type 59 
characters for a firm's name. Press (ENTER) to return to the label 
area. 



For the second label, type Contact (ENTER) , then press (ENTER) again 
to indicate the data area. Press ( ENTER) to return to the label area, 
then type Address (ENTER) for the next label. Press (ENTER) twice. 
To create an additional address line, repeat the above instruction — 
type Address, then press (ENTER) three times. 



Type City, then press (ENTER) three times for the fifth label. Next, 
type State ( ENTER) . To limit the number of characters to two for the 
standard two-letter state abbreviation, type . . (ENTER). When you 
enter data for State, you will be able to enter only two letters in the 
data field. 



HH 






Pill 

tm 



M 

m 
m 



m 






27 



S %«B=*», 



Type Zip Code (ENTER) for the next label, then type (ENTER) 

for the data field. Press (ENTER) to create a blank line below Zip Code 
Type Phone and press (JETeB). To specify the phone number format, 
type ............ (ENIEfi). Press (ENTER) to create a blank line below 

Phone. For the next label, type Amount Due (ENTER) . To limit the 
number of digits that can be entered to seven plus a decimal point, 
type eight periods and press (ENTER) . 

Press (ENIER) to create a blank line, then for the last label, type 
Remarks (ENIER). To create the maximum amount of space that a 
data field can contain (255 characters), press (ENTER) , then hold down 
(CHAD (JD to ADD data space until the cursor stops. 

Your form should look like this: 



Company 
Contact 
Address . 
Address , 
City.... 
State . 
Zip Code 



Phone , . , 
Amount Due 
Remarks 



.1 f •?;-•;■ 



One more label needs to be added. Press (ENTER) to move the marker 
to the label area. To insert a label between Phone and Amount Due, 
move the cursor to the beginning of the Amount Due line, and press 
(CHAR) GD to ADD a label. Type Due Date (ENTER) as the label. To 
specify the format for the date, type . ./. ./. . (ENTER). 

To specify a data field as numeric, use the NUMBER function. When 
the marker is on the Amount Due line, press (CLEAR) GD. The dollar 
amounts will be right-justified after you enter data for this label and 
the record has been added to the file. 



I». i. 



■._! 




28 




jS fiB Bf ffi s^gagj*^ 



^ i n 



igad 



*m 






"HIS 



"__ -A '■ -IF 



->* 



Arranging Records 
Using ORDER 



Use the ORDER function to arrange the records according to one or 
more fields. For example, suppose Edwin wants the records to be 
sorted according to Due Date and Company. Once you specify Due Date 
as the first label by which to sort and then Company as the second 
label by which to sort, the records are arranged so that the first 
record displayed has the earliest Due Date, and then if two records 
have the same Due Date, the record that comes first alphabetically is 
displayed before the other record. 

Note: If you don't specify the order in which you want to sort 

records, the program automatically arranges the records in 
ascending order using the first label on the form. In this case, 
if no order is specified, the records are arranged alphabetically 
according to Company. 

To specify Due Date/Company order, move the marker to the Due Date 
label and press (CLEAR) QD. Press (ENTER) for the Priority number to 
have the program automatically take the next logical number (in this 
case, 1). Note that the priority number is displayed after the label. 
Next, move the marker to the Company label, and press (CLEAR) CO. 
Press (ENTER) to use 2 for the next priority number. 

You need to make one more modification. Suppose you decide you 
really don't need that last line to enter data for Remarks. To delete 
the fifth data line, move the marker to the Remarks line and press 
CENTER) to move the marker to the data area. Press QD to move the 
cursor to the beginning of the last line, then hold down (CLEAR) (JD 
for DELETE until the entire line of periods has been erased. 






brt 



29 



'•3au 



fM 



&3& 



lit 

m 



PI 
I® 

m 

!§|f 
i e*8k : 



i mi^&^smm^ t 




L- 



Adding New 
Records 



Now that the form is complete, press (F3) to exit the FORM screen. A 
blank form is displayed so that you can now start adding records. 
Fill in the form with the data below, pressing (ENTER] after typing 
information for a data field. When you get to the data field for 
Remarks, press (CLEAR) CD to store this record and add another 



Com Pany 2*: ABC Exterminators 

Con tact * : R oy Johnson 

Address * : 4000 Main Street 

Address * : P.O.Box 112 

City * : Fort Worth 

State * : Tx 

Zip Code * : 76101 

ph one * : 817-990-1212 

Due Date 1* : 03/05/85 

Amount Due *# 33.87 

Remarks *; 



After you save a record by using the ADD function, a blank form 
reappears for adding a new record. Type the following data for the 
next two records, pressing dNUB) after typing information for a data 
field. Press (ENTJR) to skip the second Address line, and then press 
(CHAR) GD after you enter the Amount Due. 



if 

it 



I ■ 



f 



Company 2*: LaFranee Bakery 

Contact *: Jacqueline Dominique 

Address * : 634 Trinity Avenue 

Address *; 

City *: Fort Worth 

State * : Tx 

Zip Code * : 76018 

Pn one * ; 817-732-5766 

Due Date l* : 03/01/85 

Amount Due *# 45.14 

Remarks *■ 






i.^~- 



S-iS 



fc 



30 




wmmmmmmM^^m 



SUBS! _ 



,~J 



^*» ia 


1 


.3 


-** 




*__ 




^ 




^.__ 


—5 


.-- 




^ 




<** 




,*-— 


Iji 



Company .... 
Contact 


2* 


Petta Linen Service 
Giorgio Petta 
6501 Blackwood 


Address: ... 


* 


Address: . . . 


* 


Citv 


* 


Fort Worth 

Tx 

73092 

817-482-7371 

03/06/85 
17.16 


State 

Zip Code .... 


* 


Phone 




Due Date 

Amount Due . . 


1*: 

... *# 






Remarks 



Type the information shown below for the last record. When you get 
to the Remarks data field, type each line and then press the space bar 
to move the cursor to the beginning of the next line. Since word- 
wrapping is not automatic, fill the rest of the line with spaces 
whenever you want to start a new line. When you're finished typing 
the Remarks information, press (F3) to save the last record and exit 
ADD mode. 



j?0 



c °™Pany 2*: Young's Fish Market 

Contact *: Ann Young 

Address *: 554 2nd Avenue 

Address * : 

Ci 'y *: Fort Worth 

State * : Tx 

Zip Code * : 77069 

Phone *: 817-563-2199 

Due Date 1*: 03/02/85 

Amount Due *# 78.44 

RemaH<S * : DAILY SPECIALS: Monday - Fresh lobster. Tuesday - Shrimp. 

Wednesday - Red snapper. Thursday - Crab. Friday - Lake 
trout. Saturday - Oysters and clams. 



You can see that the records have been sorted according to the Due 
Date/Company order because the record with the earliest due date 
March 1, is LaFrance Bakery, and that record appears on the screen 
even though the first record entered was for ABC Exterminators Now 
press (CLEAR) (3 to see the record with the next due date. The record 
for Young's Fish Market is displayed, although this was the last record 
entered. To see the last record in the file according to the ORDER 
criteria, press (CLEAR)CD. The record for Petta Linen Service is 
displayed because this record has the last due date, March 6 



m 



iM 



31 




a^^^^ ^^j^^^ ^^M^^^^^M^I 



papa 



Before returning to the Main Menu, read the notes below on the other 
functions that you can use in Filer. After you are finished, press (F3) to 
return to the Main Menu. 



Other Functions 

Use the CALL function to dial the telephone number on which the 
marker is currently positioned. To use the CALL function, you must 
have your computer properly connected to an automatic dialing modem. 
Phone numbers should be entered in the format, ###-###-####, 
where the first three digits are the area code, followed by the rest of 
the phone number. 

The function, PACK, on the FORM screen is used to improve the 
"efficiency" level of a file. If you change the form or frequently add or 
delete records, the amount of wasted space in the file (and on disk) 
increases which, in turn, decreases the efficiency of the file. If your 
efficiency level has declined from A to C or D, use PACK to "clean up" 
the file and compress the data as compactly as possible. 

Use SELECT (on the original FILER screen after records have been 
added) to define the data you want to put into a text file via the copy 
buffer. Next, use the COPY function to put the selected data into the 
copy buffer, then specify to which Text file you want to copy. 

To merge the records from another Filer file with the current file, use 
the MERGE function. The format of the other file must exactly match 
that of the current file. If both the label and data fields are set up in 
the same manner, the records from the other file will be added to and 
properly sorted in the current file. 

Use the DELETE function to delete the entire record currently 
displayed. Note that the DELETE function erases the whole record, not 
just the highlighted data field. 



i~ ^a?" 1 



F £§&- 

I Si"" 



m 






E 

E . 
E ' 
E ' 
E 
E 






32 



WORKSHEET 












,J -- — :" ' 



To open the file, Budget, and select the spreadsheet application at the 
same t ime, move the selection marker to Worksheet, then press CD and 
CINIEB). The screen soon shows a spreadsheet for Edwin Raymond's 
home budget. 



WDRKSHEET [BUDGET ] 




1 


2 


3 


1 BUDGET FOR 
2 


JAN 1985 


3 EXPENSE 


BUDGET 


ACTUAL 


4 CATEGORIES 

5 

6 Car Paymnt 


AMOUNT 


AMOUNT 


250.00 


250.00 


7 Car Gas 


80.00 


60.00 


8 Hone Gas 


50.00 


87.13 


9 Electric 


75.00 


.39.89 


10 Water 


25.00 


17.25 


11 Phone 


50.00 


61.10 


12 Rent 


400.00 


400.00 


13 Insurance 


65.00 


65.00 


14 Grocery 


150.00 


113.57 


15 Fun 


100.00 


165.00 


16 






17 TOTALS 


1245 .00 


1258.94 



02/25/85 10:30am 
6 7 



NET 
AMOUNT 



20.00 
-37.1.3 

.35.11 

7.75 

-11.10 



36.43 
-65.00 



-13 . 94 



Select Camtand: 

R 1C 1 

[0] [1] [2] [3] 

FIND CALC FORMULA TEXT 



[4] 
FORMAT 



[5] 
MERGE 



[6] 

SELECT 



[7] 
COPY 



Free Memory 5153 

[8] [9] 

DELETE INSERT 



The filename and time are displayed on the top line of the screen. The 
screen, itself, is just a small portion of a "worksheet" on which you can 
enter data. A worksheet can contain up to 99 columns and 99 rows, 
while one screen of a worksheet (called a "window") consists of 17 rows 
and 7 columns. The highlighted rectangular box that is currently 
positioned at Row 1, Column 1 (Cell 1,1) is called the entry marker. 

The blinking cursor below Row 17, which looks like an underline 
character, is on the "data entry line." As you type data, it is displayed 
both on the data entry line and in the cell in which the entry marker is 
positioned. After you press (ENTER) (or an arrow key), the data is 
"entered" into the cell, and the data entry line is blank so that you can 
enter new data. 

Below the data entry line is the command line at which you are 
prompted to select a command. Sometimes, additional instructions will 
be displayed on the command line for you to specify exactly what you 
want done. 



H 



i Mi 



&&? 



^mmmm,^ ^ 



33 







Sl^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^i^^^H 



^M 



w 



Below the command line and right abnvp th* f .■ , 
status line" that shows the cl f^ T ^ unctlon Ws is the "cell 
-rker (R 1C 1), the cont^t ZTm^^ * *» ««** 
amount of free memory you hJetoeLeXtfrt ""^ *** the 
you have may differ, but in this examnl ,^' t ammnt of m ™y 
could be entered. example, 5153 additional characters 



Creating a Simple 
Budget Worksheet 



E 



i "^ 



=xr e ^^^^^ 

Wo^sS IXeTs^n^T MenU " M °- ^ s *ct,on marker over 
-eating a ^S^^^f"" * ^„ k screen f„/ 
enter a fil ename for the " d ,""° mmand 1 ' ne . 3™ are prompted to 

Example SNUB) for the Came ' ""' aboat t0 Create ' ^ 



K' 



Entering Labels 
and Text Data 



'*-*< 



which the marker is pos.tKmec t pe EXPErS EN f'ta'; "" ^ " 
Command was replaced by Enter Tew t„ T Z ° te that Select 

NOte - S5^^^£*»* ,» can ase „ 

Press O and fTjto move the marker to PpII i o d 

four tunes, then type BUDGET pZm U \ Press the space bar 

bar four times. Ty pe AMOUNT tn P^T thfin press the S P^ 

ype AMOUNT to complete the Column 2 heading 






I St 



34 




mS^^^^s^^^^^^s^&ssssK^ 



i£ 









^ 



-— iJ| 



— ^3 



Move the marker to Cell 1,3, press the space bar four times, then type 
ACTUAL. Press QD, then the space bar four times. Type AMOUNT to 
finish the Column 3 heading. 

Move the marker to Cell 1,4, press the space bar four times, then type 
NET. In Cell 2,4, press the space bar four times, then type AMOUNT. 



Now you will enter the various expense categories. Press (CAPS) so that 
you can type both upper- and lowercase letters. Move the marker to 
Cell 4,1 to enter the first expense category. Type Car Paymnt. Press 
QD to move the marker to Cell 5,1, then type Car Gas. Type the rest 
of the expense categories in Column 1. 

Home Gas in Cell 6,1 
Electric in Cell 7,1 
Water in Cell 8,1 
Phone in Cell 9,1 
Rent in Cell 10,1 
Insurance in Cell 11,1 
Grocery in Cell 12,1 
Fun in Cell 13,1 

Move the marker to Cell 15,1 to enter a label for Row 15. Press (CAPS) , 
then type TOTALS. 

This is the way the basic form of the budget looks. 



WORKSHEET [EXAMPLE ] 



1 

1 EXPENSE 

2 CATEGORIES 
3 

4 Car Paymnt 

5 Car Gas 

6 Heme Gas 

7 Electric 

8 Water 

9 Phone 

10 Rent 

11 Insurance 

12 Grocery 

13 Fun 
14 

15 TOTALS 

16 

17 

TOTALS_ 

Enter Text: 

R15C 1 

[0] [1] 

FIND CALC 



2 

BUDGET 
AMOUNT 



3 
ACTUAL 
AMOUNT 



4 
NET 
AMOUNT 



02/25/85 10:30am 
6 7 



[2] [3] 
FORMULA TEXT 



[4] 
FORMAT 



[5] 
MERGE 



[6] 

SELECT 



[7] 
COPY 



Free Memory 5766 
[8] [9] 
DELETE INSERT 



35 



n^SJ : : 



m 



I if 

i 111 



!« 



i Hi 



^Sfestefe, 




W^^ei^^w^^^^s^^^^^^m 



■*^J 



Entering Numbers 
and Formulas 



'■> ■~ i " 1 

sat. ^ 



To enter the budget amount for the first expense category, Car Paymnt 
move the marker to Cell 4,2. Type 250 (INTER) for the $250 00 car 
payment. Note that Select Command was replaced by Enter Number to 
show he type of contents the cell contains. Since the bu L"n d plav 
d°e r cTm ! M ""^ * ^ fmanClal data (the d ^ ^ma« w^w" 

tMeS T WH K aUt ° m f ^ addGd t0 the 250 y°» ™ 
SftS^ " nght - JUStifled withln - cell, whereas text is 

Press CD to move the marker to Cell 5,2, then type 80 to enter the 
budget amount of $80.00 for gasoline. Press CD, then type 50 f the 
budget amount f 0r Home Gas. Type the bJ^'vnJ^^J^ 
of the expense categories in Column 2. 

75 in Cell 7,2 
25 in Cell 8,2 
50 in Cell 9,2 
400 in Cell 10,2 
65 in Cell 11,2 
150 in Cell 12,2 
100 in Cell 13,2 

Next, you will enter a formula to add these numbers to come up with 

^S^!^n amaant M ° Ve the marker t0 Cel1 15 >2 and press 
mm GD for FORMULA. Type SUM(R4) (ENTER). This formula 
ells the computer to add the numbers starting from RowTto Row 
15, the row on which the entry marker is currently positioned (Th 1S 
is a short cut way of entering the formula, R4 + R5 + R6 + R7 + 
K8 + R9 + R10 + R11 + Rl2 + Rl3 } *«> + Kb + R7 + 

Now press (clear) CD to calculate the formula The calculated 
budget amount total, $ i /245 .0 , is soon displayed mCeluS 

To enter the actual amount spent for the first expense category Car 
Paymnt, move the marker to Cell 4,3 Type 250 L,mT^' 
thp marto*. +„ r^n c o i.i , yp rress UJ to move 

fo the »™ , 'n' the " tyPe 60 ' and P ress CD to enter $60.00 

o he reTo? the r n y """J ^ gaS ° ime - TyPe the actual ~^ 
ior me rest ot the expense categories in Column 3. 



i M 



l 


' Wm 




E 


"Sm 




I- 


— fSlljt 




£-- 




, Jfe>»»5 


g= 







36 



Ni: 




S^jeg3??ag*?33 



•^4 
"«*■ 


i-l 


1 




J* 


— 9 


J 




,*, 


-r4 


1 




,H 





87.13 in Cell 6,3 
39.89 in Cell 7,3 
17.25 in Cell 8,3 
61.10 in Cell 9,3 
400 in Cell 10,3 
65 in Cell 11,3 
113.57 in Cell 12,3 
165 in Cell 13,3 

To enter a formula for calculating the total actual amount spent 
move the marker to Cell 15,3, press (CHAR) ®, then type SUM(R4) 
(ENTER). Press (CLEAR) CD to calculate the formula. The total actual 
amount, $1,258.94, is soon displayed in Cell 15,3. 

You need to enter one more formula to calculate the net amounts in 
Column 4. Move the entry marker to Cell 4,4, press (CTjAR) © for 
SELECT, then press QD 11 times to indicate that Rows 4 through 15 
are a single block and that all values in Column 4 are calculated 
using the same formula. Press (CLEAR) CD, then type C2 - C3 
(EmlE). This formula takes each budget amount in Column 2 and 
subtracts the corresponding actual amount in Column 3 to calculate 
and display the net amount for that particular expense category in 
Column 4. 

Now press (GUAR) QD to calculate the net amounts. The computed 
results are displayed row by row, expense category after expense 
category. 



Printing a 
Worksheet 



Next, you are going to enter a title for the worksheet as a finishing 
touch. Press (CTjARDCID, then (CLEAR)0 to move the marker to 
Cell 1,1. To insert two blank rows to make room for the title at the 
top of the worksheet, first, press (CLEAR) LED to move the marker to 
the column containing the row number labels, then press (CLEAR) (J) 
twice to INSERT two rows. 

^ s Q twice t0 move ^e marker to Cell 1,2, then type BUDGET 
*OR. Press (ED, then the space bar once, then tvpe JAN 1985 



37 



*s 



£3 






H 



In 



m 

i Ss8j£ 



' st 

Safe 



silt 






iw& 



w± 



%m~. 




$3B&$&lg!g&£3$&S&fti££8Bffl 






rs 



Now that the entire budget worksheet is finished, you are ready to 
print it. If an entire worksheet fits on the screen, you can do a 
"window" print to print all data on the screen. (Worksheet screen 
data such as row and column numbers and the function keys will not 
be printed. They will be printed if you do a "screen" print using the 
subfunctions menu. See the Reference Manual for details.) 

Before using the print function, make sure that your printer is on- 
line and that the paper is advanced so that printing will begin about 
an inch or so from the top of the paper (about six lines from the top). 
Next, to check the printer settings, press (ED, then (CLEAR! ©. You 
don't need to change any settings, so press (F3) to return to 
Worksheet. Now press (CLEAR} QD. The printed copy looks like the 
one below. 



BUDGET FOR JAN 1985 



EXPENSE 
CATEGORIES 

Car Paymnt 

Car Gas 

Heme Gas 

Electric 

Water 

Phone 

Rent 

Insurance 

Grocery 

Fun 

TOTALS 



BUDGET 
AMOUNT 

250.00 
80.00 

50.00 

75.00 

25.00 

50.00 

400.00 

65.00 

150.00 

100.00 



1245.1 



ACTUAL 
AMOUNT 

250.00 
60.00 
87.13 
39.89 
17.25 
61.10 

400.00 
65.00 

113.57 

165.00 

1258.94 



NET 
AMOUNT 



20.00 

-37.13 

35.11 

7.75 

-11.10 

0.00 

0.00 

36.43 

-65.00 

-13.94 



pi 



i m 






m 



After the printer has stopped, press (ED to save the worksheet and 
return to the Main Menu. 



i. 



is 



— ^M 
mi 



i — p 

■» i — 3 



38 




i^i^ia 






Setting Up an 

Amortization 

Table 



Now that you have finished constructing a simple worksheet, you may 
want to experiment with some of the Worksheet's more complicated 
and sophisticated features. In the following example, you will be 
creating a spreadsheet for an amortization schedule. 

For each period, the fixed monthly payment is calculated and broken 
down into its two components: the interest and principal payments 
There are three variables in this example: the original amount of the 
loan, the interest rate, and the number of periods over which the loan 
is to be amortized. The spreadsheet is divided into two parts: the top 
part is for entering the values for the variables, and the bottom part 
is the actual amortization table. 

Move the selection marker over Worksheet and press CENTER) . Type 
Table (ENTER) for the filename of the worksheet you are creating At 
Cell 1,1, type LOAN AMT. Press CD to move the entry marker to 
Cell 2,1 (Row 2, Column 1), then type INT RATE. Next, move the 
entry marker to Cell 3,1 and type PERIODS. 

Next, you want to instruct the program to let you enter these values 
when you use the Calculate function. Move the entry marker to Cell 
1,2. next to LOAN AMT, press (Edffi) (S for FORMULA, then type 
?LOAN. Move the entry marker to Cell 2,2, press (CLEAR) (T) then 
type 7INTEREST, so that later you will be prompted to enter a 
constant value for the interest rate. Move the entrv marker to Cell 
3,2, press ( CLEAR) (T), then type 7PERIODS. 

Now, you are going to enter headings for seven columns. Move the 
entry marker to Cell 5,1, and type Period. PressQ, then type 
Balance. Press CrJ to move the marker to Cell 5,3. then type 
Payment. In Cell 5,4, type Interest, pressQD, then right below 
Interest in Cell 6,4, type Payment to complete the heading for 
Column 4. 



Lad 



f i i 

bond 



ilBBflf 



ill 

Pf 
jplt 
IS 












■•- d! 



^~J 



In Cell 5,5, type Principal, press CD, then type Payment Move the 
entry marker to Cell 5,6, type Cumulative, then in Cell 6.6. type 
Interest to complete the Column 6 heading. For Column 7, the last 
heading, type Cumulative in Cell 5,7, then tvpe Principal in Cell 

6.7. 



39 



'"•"•KSitej^ jj 




^"■"MWW-^,, 



^^^^^SS^^^s^^l^^gjig^gl 






m 






Before you enter formulas, the spreadsheet needs to be formatted 
differently so that Columns 6 and 7 don't run together. To create 
more space between the columns, you are going to change the present 
(default) width of all columns from 10 to 11. Press (CLEAR) CX) to 
move the entry marker to the top row, then press (CLEAR) CD to 
move the entry marker to the line containing the column numbers. 
Press (CLEAR) QD for FORMAT, then type ALL, 11 (ENTER) to change 
the column width to 11 characters. 




This is the way the spreadsheet should look now. Press (CLEAR) GED to 
see Column 1. 



■■"./■ ■:. 



WORKSHEET [TABLE ] 


02/25/84 10:30am 




12 3 4 


5 6 


1 LOAN AMT 




2 INT 


RATE 




3 PERIODS 

4 

5 Period Balance Payment Interest 




Principal Cumulative 


6 

7 

8 

9 

10 


Payment 


Payment Interest 






11 






12 






13 






14 






15 






16 






17 






Select 


Command : 




R 1C1 


LOAN AWT 


Free Memory 5445 


[0] 


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] 


[6] [7] [8] [9] 


FIND 


CALC FORMULA TEXT FORMAT MERGE 


SELECT COPY DELETE INSERT 



I 



t 



4m*k, 



K 



40 



K. 




y ^j^^afe ^ S^^^ ^gS^^^yg^^v^ay^^^gf^g^'- 



l 3m^e5s&g 



•*«- .__id 



-5* jj 



-J v 



Entering the 
Amortization Formulas 



The next step is to enter formulas for these seven columns. Column 1 
is for entering all periods the loan covers. For example, this is a one- 
year loan, and thus has 12 periods. Move the entry marker to Cell 
8,1, and type 1 (ENIER). Next, move the entry marker to Cell 9 1 
press (CLEAR) © for SELECT, then press CD 10 times to indicate 
that Rows 9 through 19 are a single block and that all values in 
Column 1 are calculated using the same formula. 

Press (CLEAR) (2) for FORMULA, then type R8 + 1 (ENTER) . This 
formula tells the program to take the value in the preceding row and 
the same column, add one, then display that value in the next row. 
For example, move the entry marker to Cell 19,1. The value in the 
last row selected, Row 19, will be the value in Row 18 (11), plus one, 
or 12, the last period in the loan. Thus, the original formula entered', 
R8 + 1, changes for each row so that when the value for Period 12 in 
Row 19 is calculated, the formula is R18 + 1. 

Next, you are going to format Column 1 so that the period numbers 
don't run into the calculations that will be displayed in Column 2 
Move the entry marker to Cell 8,1, press (CLEAR) ©, then select 
Rows 8-19. Press (CTjAR) © for FORMAT, then type LI (ENTER) . L 
stands for left-justified, which means that the contents of all the 
selected cells will be flush left within the cell instead of the default 
right-justified format for numbers and calculated values. You also 
specified an integer (I) format, since the period numbers did not need 
to be shown in dollar, two-decimal format. 

Column 2 shows the balance — the unpaid principal portion of the 
original loan amount. Move the entry marker to Cell 8,2. The 
balance for Period 1 is the entire amount of the loan that you will 
enter later as a constant value in Cell 1,2. Press (CLEAR) (T), then 
type R1C2 (ENTER). Next, move the entry marker to Cell 9 2 press 
(CHAR) © for SELECT, then press (SHIFT) QD to highlight Rows 9- 









41 



■ML 



(•'™si?ri 






I Pi" 
fit 






111 



fit 

;s* 



**. 







^^^f^p^^^^^^^^^^^^^J 



2SL 



Press (CHAR) CD, then type R8C2 - R8C5 CENTER). This formula 
takes the value in the preceding row and the same column (the 
balance of the previous period), subtracts the value in the preceding 
row in Column 5 (the principal payment of the previous period) and 
displays the result in the next row. Therefore, the value in the last 
row selected (the balance of Period 12), Row 19, equals the Period 11 
balance in Row 18 less the principal payment paid in Period 11, 
shown in Cell 18,5. When the value in Cell 19,2 is calculated, the 
original formula is changed to R18C2 - R18C5. (You can move the 
entry marker to Cell 19,2 to see that this is true.) 

All values in Column 3 are the same to show the fixed payment that 
is paid every month on the loan. Move the entry marker to Cell 8,3, 
press (CLEAR) ©, then select Rows 8-19. Press (CLEAR) CD, then 
type #R1C2*#R2C2/ (1- 1/(1 + #R2C2) !#R3C2) (ENTER) . The 
number (or pound) sign (#) preceding a cell number indicates to 
always use the value in that particular cell. In other words, the 
original formula entered does not change for each row. 

Note: This formula written in normal fashion is: 

Fixed payment = (Loan Amt. x Int. Rate) / 
(1 - 1/(1 + Int. Rate)") 

where Loan Amt. = original amount of entire loan, 
Int. Rate = interest rate per period, 
and n = number of periods. 

This complicated-looking formula defines the numerator as the value 
in Cell 1,2 (LOAN AMT) multiplied (*) by the value in Cell 2,2 (the 
interest rate). The denominator is 1 minus 1 over 1 plus the value in 
Cell 2,2 (INT RATE) raised to the value in Cell 3,2. (The number of 
PERIODS becomes an exponential power indicated by ! .) 

Column 4 shows the interest portion of each payment, which is the 
balance for a period multi plied b y the interest rate. Move the entry 
marker to Cell 8,4, press ( CLEAR) ©, then select Rows 8-19. Press 
SLEAH) (2D, then type #R2C2 * C2 (ENTER) . For a particular period, 
this formula takes the value in the same row in Column 2 (a period's 
balance) and multiplies it by the interest rate you enter in Cell 2,2. 



fejgyi 



psf 



it 

isr 









-feAs* 






42 



i i 







fjfij 



y 



whtC " 1 P ym T ° f eaCh Peri ° d ' thG Part 0f the total Payment 
which actually goes to paying off the balance of the loan, is displayed 
m Column 5. Move the entry marker to Cell 8,5, press (CLEAR) GD 
then select Rows 8-19. Press (CLEAR) ©, then type C3 - WsTO 
This formula takes the total payment value in Column 3 and 
subtracts the corresponding interest payment in Column 4 to come 
up with that period's principal payment. 

Column 6 shows the cumulative interest - the interest paid-to-date 
for each period. Move the entry marker to Cell 8,6, press (CLEAR) CW) 
gen^elect Rows 8-19. Press (CHAR) CD, then type CMT(#R8C4) 

final tnt^f 71* th Y ccu .™lated totals for all 12 periods plus the 
fina total of all he values in Column 4, starting with Row 8, and 
displays these values in Column 6. For example, the interest paid-to- 

Ce nJf* 71 it !? dlS ?f 6d ^ Ceil U ' 6 and e ^ Uals the valu ^ of 

and #R t.f , h' ^ U ' 4 - CMT StandS f ° r " C0lumn summation," 
and #R8C4 tells the computer to always start the cumulative 

summing from Cell 8,4 (the interest paid in Period 1). 

t^fl COlU T 1S ^ CUmulative P rinci Pal - the principal paid- 
to-date for each period. (After all 12 periods have been calculated 
the last figure m this column, the cumulative principal for Period 19 
ro cT*\ ° ri |jp a i a ™ unt of the loan.) Move the entrv marker ~' 
to Cell 8,7 press SH® ©, then select Rows 8-19. Press (CLEAR) 
GD, then type CMT(#R8C5) (INTER). The increasing values in this 
column show how the loan is gradually being paid off and retired 



BMSttHJ 

psawaH 

haud 



p 

mm 



iiSL 






|!k*|5;; 



._J| 



H - 1 ! 



"-1 



^•-* 



Calculating and 
Reformatting a 
Worksheet 



The spreadsheet is now completely set up, and you are readv to 
perform calculations. Press (HHH)CD, then (CLiARlQ to move the 
fof/i^f t0 CdI U " ThlS exam P Ie involves an" im one-year loan 



43 



^&B*»5Si;-, 



^IliSff 




^^^^^^^P^5I^^^W^S^S^^!f*^^^^ 



^24 






t -fel 



Press (CLEAR) (_D for C A LC U L AT E. First, you are prompted to enter the 
LOAN AMT. Type 1000 (ENTER). Next, type 0.015 (ENTER) for the INT 
RATE. (Remember, you need to divide the annual interest rate by 12 
to get the monthly interest rate.) Type 12 (ENTER) for the number of 
PERIODS. After you enter a value for the last constant, the computed 
results are displayed row by row, period after period. 

Note: The built-in display format for numbers is the $ format with 

two decimal places. Although you cannot see the 5 you entered 
for 15.5%, it is in memory and was used during calculations. 

You need to make a few final touches to make the spreadsheet look 
more professional. Although you want the data in the amortization 
table to be displayed in dollar and cents format (two decimal places), 
the interest rate cell needs to be modified to include up to four 
decimal places to cover the most common interest rate possibilities. 
Move the entry m arker t o Cell 2,2, and press (CLEAR) GD for 
FORMAT. Type D (ENTER) so that you can change the default number 
of decimal positions, then type 4 (ENTER). Now you can see the 5 that 
you entered earlier. 

To specify an integer (I) format for the number of periods entered, 
move the entry marker to Cell 3,2, press (CLEAR) QD, then tvpe I 
(ENTER) . 



mm 



tip 












Next, move the entry marker to Cell 8,2, and press (CLEAR) ©. 
Press (SHIFT) GED to select all the columns in the current window 
through Column 6, then press Q to select Column 7. Next, press 
(SHED CD to select all the rows in the current window through Row 
17, then press CD twice to select Rows 18 and 19. Press (CLEAR) QD 
for FORMAT, then type L (MIS) to left-justify the contents of all 
selected cells. 






44 




!?3S9&!SnS@g$aSM 



*A 

** :% 



-"" I 



Entering 
Free-Form Text 



There are two ways you can enter text: by cell or by block. For simple 
row and column labels that don't require more than one or two cells, 
position the entry marker on the cell in which you want the text to ' 
appear, then type the text and press (ENTERl (as you did when 
entering the column and constant labels). To type a paragraph or 
block of text, use SELECT to define the area in which you want to 
type, then use the TEXT function to type the desired text. 

The TEXT function lets you type "free-form" text rather than cell by 
cell. For example, suppose you want to add an explanatory note to the 
amortization table. Move the entry marker to Cell 21,1, press CCLEAR) 
GD, press CD one time t o include the next row, then press CED three 
times. Now, press (CLEAR) (3D for TEXT. Type NOTE: Personal loan 
received 2/28/85 from Saginaw Credit Union. (ENTER) . To exit the 
TEXT function, press (BREAK) . 

Just as in the Text application, word-wrapping is automatic and 
limited editing features are included, such as deleting, inserting, and 
formatting text. See the Reference Manual for details on editing text 
within the Worksheet application. 



Printing a 
Large Worksheet 



Before using the print function, make sure that your printer is on- 
line and that the paper is advanced so that printing will begin about 
an inch or so from the top of the paper (about six lines from the top). 
Next, to check the printer settings, press (F2), then ( CLEAR) QD. You 
don't need to change any of the settings so press (F3) to return to the 
Worksheet screen. 



45 






w 

m 



m 



lit 
it it 



EJjjgjS- 

lit 
fill 



lilt 






Is 

l ft: 
m 

HP 

m 






d 






■ggO&i 






Since the amortization table is larger than one window, you need to 
select the area you want to print and then use the Print command. 
To quickly move the entry marker to Cell 1,1, press (CLEAR) GD for 
FIN D. You can use the FIN D function to search for a specific string of 
characters (or numbers) or a specific cell. Next, type R1C1 (HEEH) 
for Cell 1,1. Press (CLEAR) ® for SELECT. Next, press (SHlFDCEJ, 
then O to select Columns 1-7. Next, press (SHXFDCD, then press 
CD five times to select Rows 1-22. Make sure your printer is ready, 
then press (CLEAR) CD for Print. 

Your printout should look like this. (Compare your figures to make 
sure vou entered all formulas correctly.) 



[EF 51 

E 3 



E 






LOAN AMT 
INT RATE 
PERIODS 

Period 



0.0150 
12 



9 

10 
11 
12 



Balance 



1000.00 

923.32 

845.48 

766.49 

686.30 

604.92 

522.31 

438 . 47 

353.36 

266.99 

179.31 

90.32 



Cumulative Cunulative 



Payment Interest Principal ^ 

Payment Payment Interest Principal 



91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 
91.67 



15.00 

13.84 

12.68 

11.49 

10.29 

9.07 

7.83 

6.57 

5.30 

4.00 

2.68 

1.35 



76.67 
77.83 
78.99 
80.18 
81.38 
82.60 
83.84 
85.10 
86.37 
87.67 
88.99 
90.32 



15.00 
28.84 
41.53 
53.02 
63.32 
72.39 
80.23 
86.80 
92.11 
96.11 
98.80 
100.15 



76.67 

154.51 

233.50 

313.69 

395.07 

477.68 

561.52 

646.63 

733.00 

820.68 

909.67 

999.99 



NOTE: Personal loan received 2/28/85 from 
Saginaw Credit Union. 



To see the powerful recalculation ability of the spreadsheet 
application, press (CLEAR) CD. Suppose that you are calculating a 
one-year loan for $1000 at 15%. Type 1000 dEUD for the LOAN 
AMT Next, for the interest rate, type 0.0125 dEIE) for 15% divided 
by 12. For number of periods, type 12 GEES). The lengthy, detailed 
calculations are performed almost instantly, saving you hours of 
calculating the formulas by hand. Note that with the lower interest 
rate, the fixed payment, shown in Column 3, has decreased from 
$91.67 to $90.25. 









— ^§£ : - 

— ^y. 



'■■ ■ % 



1 c Ca/T. 



46 




^?^ s ^^SP^^^ / ^W } ^S''^^Sf'? : 'V^''' : ''^!i' 



«! J 



**\ i 



Other Functions 

You may want to experiment with some of the other functions 

ttett;ir: r w> eet - See *»r**™* u ^ 1 «* = - *** 

tnese functions. When you are finished using the SDreadsWt 
JST ^ t0 ^ ^ TaMe "»' SSL to the 

Use MERGE to save a selected block to diskette (without exitina the 

zzitit ^it e a m doe r ioad and insert data f- 1:1 " 

spreadsheet file at the current entry marker position. 

a U newTxt t0 frfTf a "^l Spreadsheet (or *»* of a spreadsheet) to 
a new lext file. (If you wish, you can then use the COPY or MFRPF 

~„ e °tS e Text fr' cati T to combi ™ the ^zi e 

use COPY t^ Spr t t dsheet and an ex '^'«g Text fde. You can also 
use COPY to copy the contents of a row or column to insert in 
another row or column. 

Wockrf cdk^i?? l0n t0 de ' ete the C ° ntentS ° f a cel1 * a elected 
block f ce i ls . i delete an mtire Mlumn 

or ^,1 ttn °tt Umn) ""» the ^™h7L ,s 
^ur iow number labels), then press (CLEAR) GD. 

^W T 6S ^ ° nly ^ data COntents of an en *ire column (or 
row) but also any formula associated with that column (row) The 
data and formula m that column (row) is erased, and the da a in the 

"he cd /^ Shlft i S t0 ^ nght ( ° r ^ ln the case of a r ow! 

:^^^ - changed so that the same 

Se^Z^^ ^ deSired C ° 1Umn ° r r ° W --"er a 
then using the INSERT function. The data and formula orieinallv in 

column! (C ° 1Umn) Shlft d ° WnWard ( ° r t0 the ** ^ClTe7 a n 

Note: As in the Text application, there are two ways of exiting 

Worksheet. Press (F3) to save a brand new worksheet, ofany 
editing changes made to an old worksheet. Press (SHIFT! (F3) if 

^^0^ the f r tent , S ° f " W ° rksheet and then decided^ 
wanted to keep the unedited version. ISHTFT) (Q) lets vou 

retain the original worksheet and exit the Worksheet 
application. 



47 



pan 



[11 

8 -iH- 



m 



mm 



i:#3 



I.S~! 







^Si^sss^^^^^ssss^s^Smm 



H 

"Sip"' 



pMr J 
Sit 



e3§' 

PL 



- t-E^ 




wss^^^^s^^xssmBassma^Sm 



CALENDAR 



To select the Calendar file, Agenda, press Q, then CD to highlight 
both Calendar and AGENDA. When you press (TO to open the lie 
you see a series of messages: Loading data, followed by Preparing ' 

the 6 n" :T>' % & u PrePaHn9 Daily SGhedU,e - A -lendar'scr en for 
the current date (February 25, 1985) is soon displayed after the 

messages. 



tesmg 



m) 



sai 



CPI 



r ^m 



ill 



I 

m 



Wm 



■*< - . .ti 



1 








^__ 


- IJ 



calendar : [agenda] 

121.2.3.4.5 : 6.7.8.9.101U21.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.1011 



Men 

Tue 

Wed 

Thu , 

Fri , 

Sat 

Sun 

DATE 
02/25/1985 

02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 
02/25/1985 



'** *****_ . .*** 

..***** ***** 

*** *** *' 

. *** 1 



02/25/85 10:30am 

FEB 1985 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 



[0] 

FIND 



[1] 

DATE 



BEGIN 



05:30a 

07:30a 
08:30a 
11:45a 
02:00p 
03:00p 
06:30p 
10: 30p 

[2] 



END 



06:15a 
08:30a 
11:15a 
01:30p 
02:30p 
05:30p 
10:00p 
ll:30p 

[3] 

PRINT 



DESCRIPTION 

Make appointment with accountant 

Mom's birthday — call florist 

Write confirmation letter to Wilson 

Shop at fish and produce wholesale markets 

Meet Bill at gym 

Prepare food for Davis luncheon 

Luncheon at Riverdale Country club 

Meeting with Club president 

Prepare food for Roach dinner 

Dinner at 7400 Seventh Street 

Pick up cake and go to Morn's 



[4] 

ALARM 



[5] 

MERGE 



[6] 

SELECT 



[7] 
COPY 



[8] 

DELETE 



[9] 

ADD 



The particular Calendar file with which you are working (Agenda) is 
shown on the top line, along with the system date you enteredaZ 
powermg up the computer. The current date (25) is also highlighted 
in the calendar block on the right. 



Note: 



You can have several Calendar files to organize your events 
and schedules. For example, there can be a separate Calendar 
file for each month, or separate files for business and personal 
use, and so on. 






m 



a! 



49 



c 



tm 



L 



The top block on the left shows the schedule for the current week 
with the days of the week in the vertical column (always starting 
with the current day) and the hours of the day in the vertical line 
(starting with 12:00 a.m.). A period indicates a free time slot, that 
is, a time slot that has not been scheduled for an event. For example, 
note that there is nothing scheduled for 7:00 a.m. or 6:00 p.m. on 
Monday. 

A time slot that has been taken by an event previously entered for 
the current week is indicated by *. For example, you can tell that 
Monday is the busiest day of the week, since it is almost full of *s. A 
! indicates a time conflict — two different events scheduled for the 
same time. Looking at today's schedule, you can see that two events 
are scheduled for 8:30 a.m. 

The bottom half of the screen shows the itemized agenda of events for 
the current day. All events and appointments displayed are scheduled 
for today's DATE, 02/25/1985. The next column, BEGIN, shows the 
time at which the event begins. The time at which the event ends is 
shown under the END column. A description of the event is shown in 
the last column. 

You can change or delete events previously entered for the day's 
agenda and add new ones. For example, the name in the third event 
listed should be "Williams" instead of "Wilson." Press CD two times 
to move the marker to the third line, and press (SHIFT) GH three 
times to skip the first three "fields." (A field is a unit of information.) 
Now press CED until the cursor is over the "s" in Wilson, then type 
liams ( ENTER) . You are always in "overstrike" mode while using 
Calendar so that you can quickly correct mistakes by typing over 
them. Note that after you pressed (ENTER) , the red light on the Drive 
1 door went on as the Williams event record was being updated on 
the disk. 



50 



i*£«=- 



I'm 



:j ifefcs&.~ 







WS^^S^I^l^S^^SSS^SS^SSi 



\# 



4g4 

-«__Ji 



■frfl 



^H 



Finding 

Events 



Now youare going to use some of the functions available in Calendar 
Press (mm ® for FI N D. ^aienuar. 






The screen clears and changes to: 



CALENDAR 



[AGENDA] 

121.2.3.4.5.6.7.8. 9.1J&1121. 2.3.4.5.6. 7.8. 9.1011 

Mon **. . **!******************.*********** 

Tue *** *****_ _*** 

" rte d ***** '.'.'... .]***** 

Thu *** *** * 

Fri *** ['_ * 

sat !!*....!..!!."* 

Sun ***** 

=09/^ QH , SP2? ^ DEscRimai"" 

=02/25/1985 =**.-**a =** : ** a =***************************************,,* 



02/25/85 10:30am 
FEB 1985 

1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 25 26 27 28 



10] [1] 

EQUAL GREATER 



[2] 

LESS 



[3] 



[4] 

RESETT 



[5] 



[6] 



[7] 



[8] 



[9] 



Suppose you want to find all events/appointments scheduled on cl- 
atter February 25 associated with Mrs. Williams. Press (CLEAR] m 
then mm for GREATER so that CALENDAR will find alF^ente ' 

tt ^Ifu Febmary 25 - PreSS mm twice t0 sk iP the 
BEGIN and END fields. For description, pressQone time to skip 
over the first asterisk (*), then type Williams. * is a "wildcard" 
character that tells Calendar to ignore all characters before and after 
Williams in the description field and to list every occurrence with 
the name, Williams, in it. 



H 



sHfiBfl 



m 






IK 



: lite" 

Sft"f£ 
T= ■ 

m. 



I- 



II» 



m 



* 



51 



^ ^p^^^gp«g^ ^ ^ ^ 




Now press (F3) to return to the original Calendar screen and display 
the events that match the FIND criteria. You now see these events 
listed: 



02/25/1985 


00 


00a 


00:00a 


03 03/1985 


12 


00p 


02 


00p 


03/12/1985 


03 


00p 


04 


30p 


03/15/1985 


02 


00p 


05 


00p 


03-19/1985 


09 


00a 


11 


00a 


03/26,1985 


08 


00p 


10 


30p 


03/31/1985 


07 


30p 


11 


00p 



Write confirmation letter to Williams 

Williams' luncheon for 8 

Afternoon tea for Williams — 6 people 

Bridge at Williams' house 

Williams' business breakfast at Club 

Williams' dinner for 10 

Reception for Williams at Club — 60 people 









%&? 
W 



& 



Note: Use the DATE function ((CHAR) CD) to find and display all 

events that fall on a certain date. Use the FIND function when 
you want to find and display events that match other search 
criteria such as in the previous example. 



Adding and 

Deleting Events 



The same event you inserted in the letter while using Text needs to 
be added to the Calendar file. Press (CLEAR) GD. For DATE, type 
03011985 (MUS). After the marker moves to the BEGIN field, type 
lp (INTER) for 1:00 p.m. For the END time, type 4:30p (ENTER).' For 
Description, type Bridal Shower for Williams - 15 people (ENTER) . 

Note: You can add an event anytime and anywhere on the screen. 

Calendar sorts the events chronologically and puts them in the 
appropriate date and time slot. 

The two events scheduled for March 15th and 19th have been 
cancelled. To delete these events, first use SELECT to mark the 
events, then use the DELETE function. Press CD to move the marker 
to the line on which the March 15th event is displayed. Press ( CLEAR) 
© for SELECT. To include the next event, press CD so that both 
events are highlighted. Now press (CLEAR) QD for DELETE. The 
selected events are erased and the events below move up 
automatically. 






52 




msGw^&im 



^*S^^5S?!SS?!jSSB»f?^ww»j 






*m jq 



make sure your printer is on-line. Advance the paper so that printim 
begins about an inch or so from the top. Press (® then EbBsT 
to see the current printer settings. You can use the current^tn^s 
so simply press (Q) to return to the Calendar screen g 

ttn press X F ♦V'-^ ""*" SUre y ° Ur P™ ter is «*. 
men press (ENIERJ to start printing. 



Putting Events into 
the ALARM File 



Now Edwin wants to update his schedule by putting the first half of 
March's planned events into the ALARM fife (the first ^thtetents 

* f m , T0 t thlS ' SdeCt thG d6Sired -ente -d Te 
use the ALARM function. Move the marker to the second line 
containing the March 1st event and press (Hlffl) © PressTH two 
^toselect the March 1st, 3rd, and 12t^nt^then p r eT 
mm QD for ALARM. (The first event displayed, for February 25th 
is already in the ALARM file.) reoruaiy zotn, 

These three events are now in the ALARM file as well as the 
original Calendar Agenda file. The reminder time for an event is set 

even ~IF^ ^ f"*** BEGIN tim * " ^ 
event. When ALARM is active and "turned on" to remind V ou of 

7TseIZZ ahe Z When an / Vent ' S remmd time 0CC "e the 
next section, Alarm," for more details.) 

rtd r tnetL n a he/" tHe ff ai " MenU t0 SdeCt the ALARM «PP'-tion, 
ZTfii r\ T T-T the MERGE and C0PY functions. After you 

srst" see the —■ c, ° 5i - ""• " 



53 



o 









388? 



r3*s£ 













ry -—•,*•■-.. ...... 



^^^^^P^^^^iti!i^«^^^^^i^^^ii^^i«S 






L 



Other 
Functions 

Use the MERGE function when you want to add all the events from 
another Calendar file to the current Calendar file, or add certain 
events of the current Calendar file to another Calendar file. For 
example, suppose you have two Calendar files, Business and Personal, 
and you are currently in the Business file and want to add all the 
events in the Personal file to the Business file. You would use the 
MERGE function to add all the events from the Personal file to the 
Business file. The newly added events are sorted chronologically in 
the current file. 

If you want to add events of the current file to another Calendar file, 
first use the SELECT function to pick the desired events. Then use 
the MERGE function to specify to which file you want to add the 
selected events. For example, you may want to merge certain events 
to the ALARM file so that on the day those events occur, you'll be 
reminded of them every time you're at the Main Menu. 

The COPY function is very similar to the "To:" option of MERGE, 
except that you are copying selected events to a new Text file. 

For example, you could have copied all of the events involving Mrs. 
Williams to a new text file, then copied those events (using the Text 
application's COPY function) to the LETTER file instead of typing 
them in by hand. 

To use COPY, first mark the desired events using the SELECT 
function. Then use the COPY function to specify to which new Text 
file you want to copy the selected events. 




54 



f ~ 


'""■% 


_ 




p 


~ip 


c 


— W. 




tM 


p 


^ Jg> 



9 r 




^^I^^^^S^^^p^SS^^^^^^S^^?"^ 



ESH 



1 






n Li 

«4 



''"V vT' 



Select Alarm by pressing (GLOB) dD at the Main Menu. You see the 
mess age; Loading data, then the screen soon shows the same February 

n^ZTlRMn m Calend r' PlUS ^ March 6Vents W m -ge7 
lnt0 the ALARM flle > ***** tha t the REMIND® time is included 



1 ALARM 


REMINDS DATE 


00 


:00a 02/25/1985 


m 


:00a 02/25/1985 


m 


:00a 02/25/1985 


Jfo 


:00a 02/25/1985 


m 


•00a 02/25/1985 


m 


00a 02/25/1985 


11 


15a 02/25/1985 


m 


30p 02/25/1985 


n 


30p 02/25/1985 


0S 


45p 02/25/1985 


lid: 


00p 02/25/1985 


12: 


30p 03/01/1985 


11: 


30a 03/03/1985 


02: 


30p 03/12/1985 



BEGIN END 



30a 
30a 
30a 
45a 



30p 
30p 



15a 
30a 
15a 
30p 
30p 
30p 



30p 
00P 
30p 



DESCRIPTION n/2Wm *'*» 

Make appointment with accountant 
Mom's birthday — call florist 
Write confirmation letter to Wilson 

mS Em 1 :* s produce wholesale mrkets 

Prepare food for Davis luncheon 

Luncheon at Riverdale Country club 

Meeting with Club president 

Prepare food for Roach dinner 

Dinner at 7400 Seventh Street 

Pick up cake and go to Mam's 

J*^ 1 shower f °r Williams - 15 people 

Williams' luncheon for 8 

Afternoon tea for Williams - 6 people 




olTheMa^M 6 " *? *" ^ ^ in the Ala ™ file are d -P%e d 

events xn AlartT/r TT* T ° f ^^ OCCaSionS " You can ^er 
events m Alarm or Calendar. The only difference is that when vou 

add events usmg Alarm, you manually enter the REMIND© time 
in hnfal'l 1 ^ f*°™ entered in C ^ndar and then placed 
^signed REMIND® time was automatically 

new ott °if n ^ ar ' y °V an ChEnge ° r ddete dis P la ^ ed event * ^ add 
new ones lo change information, simply move the cursor to the 

desired place using the arrow keys and type over the exTstinT 

tfmrofthe sl"^' ^T^ ^ ™* t0 Cha ^ e the REM ^Df«) 
Zl m , 1 ° n FebrUary 25th from 02:30 P- m - to 02:45. ^ 

then t™ ^.Xt r rke "u t0 ^ 02:30P REM ^D@ time, and 
men type 02.45p. To change the name, Wilson, to Williams as vou did 

L^ ret *<*££& t"* Q * T* *» ^ t0 the ^ ^, 
men press LSHIFT)Qto move to the DESCRIPTION. PressG^to 

move the cursor to the s of Wilson and type liams WEE) 



55 




h**^ 



Edwin has decided to have a breakfast meeting with his attorney at 
7:00 a.m. instead of meeting Bill at the gym. Move the marker to the 
event with the 7:00a REMIND® time, and press (CLEAR] CD for 
DELETE. Now press (CLEAR) CD to ADD an event. Type 6:30a 
'^—^ - •- I ND@ time. For DATE, press (MH) to use the 

time, then type 



(EHUD for the RE 

displayed system date. Type 7a (ENTER) for BEGI 

8a for END time. For the DESCRIPTION, type Breakfast w/ lawyer 



@ Annie's (ENTJR). After you enter all information for the event, it 
is automatically inserted in the appropriate time slot. 

Note: You could also have simply typed over the existing information 
for the previous 7:00 appointment. 



Turning on 

the ALARM 



Press (F3) to return to the Main Menu. To turn on Alarm, press (ED, 
then press ( CLEAR) CD to change ALARM OFF to ALARM ON. (CLEA~R) ' 
CD on the subfunctions menu turns the ALARM system OFF and ON. 
When ALARM is switched ON and set to remind you of events, the 
Alarm's beep goes off when an event's REMIND® time matches the 
current time. Also, whenever the data and time are displayed in the 
upper right corner of the screen, you see an asterisk next to the date/ 
time information to let you know that the ALARM is turned on. 



Note: 



You cannot turn the ALARM ON while you are in the ALARM 
screen and the Alarm file is still open. When you add or 
change events in Alarm, the Alarm file is not updated or 
reorganized until you close the Alarm file by returning to the 
Main Menu. Once the Alarm file has been closed, you can 
turn the ALARM ON, and the Alarm system will accurately 
remind you of upcoming events. 



An event is automatically deleted from the Alarm file if it is a past 
event that was scheduled before the current date and time. (However, 
an expired event is not automatically deleted from a Calendar file if ' 
it was entered in that application — you must manual lv delete 
expired events in a Calendar file.) 



\ I 



I. jrglp* 

!§ 

" """MP 



s£* 



-!£&• 
^ 



56 



EZ5 




mmmmmmmmmmm 



When Alarm is active, ALARM ON is displayed on the subfunctions 
menu. 11 there are no future events to remind you of, that is all 
events have already expired and been deleted from the Alarm file 
ALARM OFF is displayed. When you turn the computer off the 
ALARM automatically shuts OFF. When you first power up the 
computer, remember to turn the ALARM back ON. 

When you hear a reminder beep, press (ED, then (CHAD CD to 
display the event you are being reminded of plus the next event The 
event information temporarily replaces the label lines of the 
application you are currently using. Once you have noted the event 
you can redisplay the original label lines by pressing (F3). 

You can press (ED, then (CLEAR) QD at any time to display the most 
recently expired event plus the event of which you will be reminded 
beeped) next. Press (ED, then (CLEAR) QD now. The Main Menu label 
lines disappear and you see: 



^™ P £K 25 < 1985 03:00p 05:30 P Prepare food for Roach Dinner 
J06:00p 02/25/1985 06:30p 10:00p Dinn er at 7400 Seventh itre^ 



i IMS 



~M 

J 



v v 



Note: The events you see at the bottom of the screen will probably 

be different than those shown above, depending on the time at 
which your computer is currently set. 



Press m to redisplay the Main Menu label lines. Before proceeding 
to the next section, "Main Menu," read the notes below on the other 
available Alarm functions. 

Other 
Functions 

To combine an entire Calendar file with the Alarm file, use the 
MERGE function. By using MERGE, you do not have to enter events 
twice — once for a Calendar file and once for the Alarm file. For 
example, suppose you had completed planning and scheduling all 
business events for the month of March and you wanted to put all 
events m the Calendar file. Business, into the Alarm file. You would 
use MERGE in this situation to specify Business as the file from 
which to merge. 



■■ '^5?- 



i .gig;.- 



57 




^^^^^^^^M^WJ^^^^^^M 






Remember that when you put events in the Alarm file from a 
Calendar file, either using the Alarm function in Calendar or the 
MERGE function in Alarm, they are automatically assigned a 
REMIND® time of 30 minutes prior to the BEGIN time. 

Use the SELECT function to define the events you want to COPY to a 
Text file or the events (in the case of more than one) you want to 
DELETE. Use the COPY function to put the selected events into the 
copy buffer and then to copy the events to a Text file. 



\ 9 £pgs? ,>! 



£ 3 



E 



F?£4§fe- 






58 




'""■"wssBajw-j,,..,. 







#J 






[1] 

NAME 



^ C33 [4] rci r , - 

fREE ALARM HCWF m ilL I6] [7] 

"^»km HOST bassWD SELECT COPy 



181 [9] 

DELETE SWAP 



Press (mm ® to change the , v ^ a . 

of the screen, you see the prompt ^ ^^ At the botto ™ 

Enter Date & Time 02/25/85 l0: 3 0am 

Type today's date and the currpnf h™ p 

currently May 5 1985 and 1 '4 ^ 6Xample ' if ft « 

y o, 1985 and 1:30 p . m> type 5 05850130p (ENTER). 

Note: ^zz^^r- the cIock ^ «-**. 

accurately keep track of your ALARM eve nt ^ 

CUSTADDR (for CusSmiX: th ;Jrmt ^M^' t0 
marker to the bottom half of tt. Press LU to move the selection 

fil- Press mm 03 to el a2e the?" "1 V° WghIight tte Add ress 
highlighted. Now Ue cttadd TO 6 4f th ^ ™™ nt ^ 
filename has replaced th= „u T^T^' that the "w 

uppercase., P " *" ° M ° ne ' ^"ames are always displayed in 

Press (CLEAR) CD to see the amount of cdcl- 

diskette. At the bottom of tZ « Eh SpaCe 0n the dat * 

« uouom ot the screen, you should see 



Free space = 123 |< 



Press any key to continue 



59 








iJlasiSlili&aS! 







The amount of FREE space tells you the approximate amount of 
additional room on the diskette you have to enter data. Since 
TRSDOS 6.2.0 always allocates file space in increments of 1.5K and 
each file takes up at least 1.5K, you could have up to 82 more files 
on the diskette. (The amount of free space on your diskette may be 
different from this example.) Press (ENTER) to continue. 

Use the PASS WD function to specify a system password to restrict 
access to the DeskMate for a user at the DeskMate or a remote site 
user. Once you assign a password, you will have to enter that 
password every time you power up the computer and load DeskMate, 
and every remote site user who calls up the DeskMate telephone 
number must first enter the password to gain access to the system. 
To spe cify a system password, press (CLEAR) QD, then type Fromage 
CENTER) . 



Note: The PASSWD function can also be used to change or delete 
passwords. 

Use COPY to make a duplicate copy of a file. For example, suppose 
you want to have two copies of the CUSTADDR file: one to use for 
customers and the other to edit for suppliers' addresses. 

Move the selection marker to CUSTADDR, then press (CLEAR) (T) for 
COPY. At the bottom of the screen, you see the prompt: 



FROM: CUSTADDR 



TO: 



The filename of the copy must be different from the original 
filename. Press CENTER) since you want to copy the displayed file, 
CUSTADDR, then for the new filename, type Supladdr (ENTER) . 
Under the Text column, you now see the original CUSTADDR file plus 
a copy of that file, SUPLADDR. 

Move the selection marker to the LH EAD file, and press (CLEAR) GO 
to DELETE the highlighted file. Press (ENTER) at the prompt, Enter 
filename to Delete: LHEAD. The file is erased from both the diskette 
and the DeskMate directory. 



E 23 






iff 



60 







^^|^«s^5|^g^^^a^^^ 



■<jr 



m 



Other 
Functions 

Use the SELECT function to mark more than one file in the same 
column for deletion. 

Use the SWAP function to switch data diskettes (not the DeskMate 
Program Diskette in Drive 0). For example, suppose you have been 
accessing files on a diskette in Drive 1 and you want to access 
DeskMate files from another data diskette. You would select SWAP 
before removing the first diskette from the drive and inserting 
another diskette. 

The HOST function is explained in its own section after "Mail." 

You may find one other subfunction particularly useful at the Main 
Menu. To print the DeskMate files currently displayed on the Main 

fro^cl ° rder t0 refel * t0 fll6S When C °Py in g or merging, use the 
bLREEN print subfunction. Make sure your printer is ready, then 
press (ED for the subfunctions menu, then (CLEAR] QD for SCREEN. 



:«S# 



Mi- 



di 




ggfc^$S*3fg$P 






* 



ai 






cz: 



S§!^SE?^S^^^S3S^i^«*i:£;jr!t^ffi?j*^{^5j{^ 



TELECOM 



psggsi 



%m 



9 
3 



i 



s"tCol e lXTe™ U SrY„ W ' th a T C ° mPUter - '" f "» 
parameters to match those ef« T "^ UP comm "™ati„„s 
automatic logo „ £ 01 Tyo ^ ^ s ^ *"»» to contact. With the 
containing the information ° T.A e "" aut0 lo S on fi 'e 
to an i-fiLati^^r^?^^ 115 ' dial and ^ » 
can be saved, printed, or ^^^^T^T ** ^ 
can also upload and send files to IT ter refe K™e. You 

no send files to other computers and terminals. 

This sample session shows how to use Telecom with » n 
Information Service If™., h=„„ . Wlth the CompuServe 

service, you may Znt to cJ^LTZ ° * meKnt inf °™atio„ 
instructions to ft y"r situafio" readmg "* ^ t0 modl <> "» 

^ Plac lng the mar k er ,C „r?ri r eco S : le an d T ; meZf £,£? ^ ^ 
-on shews the default sett,n g s for thetTTLSp^Sr 




"B™ SMCT ™« »« ii '?' 



Used: 
16] [7] 
DISPLAY PRINT SAVE 



Free: xxxxx 
t8] [9] 
LOAD CLEAR 



« 



Mm 






: S 



63 









,--■ 



"'^ssd 






If you are using a non-auto dialing modem, you do not need to 
change the default response for the first parameter or read the 
instructions for auto dialing modems. Proceed directly to the section 
describing the rest of the communications parameters on the Telecom 
Status screen. 



Defining Auto Dialing 
Modem Protocol 



If you are using an auto dialing modem, press (CLEAR) CD to 
SELECT the Yes response. Next, a series of screens will be displayed 
for you to define your modem protocol. If you are using a Model 4P 
computer equipped with a built-in modem, you do not need to change 
these screens because the protocol for the 4P has already been 
provided. Simply press (ED to return to the status screen, and then 
proceed to the section, "Specifying Communications Parameters." 



If you are using a Modem II, follow the instructions below. If you are 
using another type of Tandy modem, see Appendix B in the Reference 
Manual for instructions on defining the protocol of your modem. If 
you are using a modem not made by Tandy, consult the manual that 
came with your modem for the necessary technical information. 



i 



i~- r 



J - Tlpfc" 



RKfc 



■&&- 






PL 



64 







After you select "Yes" for the first status setting, Auto Dialing Modem 
the screen shows: 



Telecom - Modem Definition 



[01 



[1] 
COMP 



[2] 

VOICE 



[3] 

ANSWER 



[4] 



02/25/85 10:30am 



[5] 



[6] 



[7] 



[8] 



[9] 



Press (CLEAR) CD to define the way your modem automatically dials 
a telephone number to a terminal, information service, or host 
computer. The screen soon shows the Computer Dialing Definition for 
the Modem 4P. (By defining the Computer Dialing sequence, you can 
use Telecom to communicate with information services, terminals 
and other computers.) 



H 



O 



#s 






**" at 



J3t 



65 




^^^^^^^ss^ss^ss^ses^s^. 




. 1 



-*. —J 



Telecom - Computer Dialing Definition 

Send: **C**M3@~DDT 

Send Phone Number to Modem 

Send: X 

Receive: X 

Wait for no Data Carrier Detect 

Wait for Data Carrier Detect 



02/25/85 10:30am 



[0] 



[1] [2] [3] 

NUMBER RECEIVE SEND 



[4] [5] [6] 

PAUSE WAITNC WAITC 



[7] 



[8] [9] 

DELETE INSERT 






You need to change only the first line of this dialing sequence. Press 
[CLEAR) 3D for S E N D, then type **ODT CENTER) . 

Note: To type the control character, A , press (CLEAR) CD- 

Now press (ED to return to the Modem Definition screen, then press 
IMAR) GD for VOICE. The screen soon shows the Voice Dialing 
Definition for the Modem 4P. (By defining the Voice Dialing sequence, 
you can use the subfunction, PHONE.) 



f 



Telecom - Voice Dialing Definition 








02/25/85 10:30am 


Send: **C**M3@~DDT 










Send Phone Number to Modem 










Send: X 










Receive: X 










Pause: 4 










[0] [1] [2] [3] [4] 


[5] 


[6] 


[7] 


[8] [9] 


NUMBER RECEIVE SEND PAUSE 


WAITNC 


WAITC 




DELETE INSERT 



t 



?3g 






[ !^/ 






!-= 






%m.~ 



66 




f^^^&^^ftffyK^i'.^S^^^P^H 



o| 




To change the top line, press (CLEAR) CD, then type **ODT CENTER). 
Next, press CD to move the cursor to the Pause line, then press 
(CLEAR) GD to delete that line. Press (CLEAR) CD for Wait for no Data 
Carrier Detect, then press (ED to return to the Modem Definition screen. 

Press (CLEAR) CD to see the Answer Mode Definition screen. (By 
defining the answer mode of your modem, you can use the Main 
Menu function, HOST, to let remote-site terminals access your 
DeskMate.) 



Telecom - Answer Mode Definition 



Send: **C**M3AX 
Receive: X 



(2(2/25/85 10:30am 



m 



[1] 



[2] 13] 


[4] 


[5] 


[6] 


[7] 


[8] 


[9] 


RECEIVE SEND 


PAUSE 


WAITNC 


WAITC 




DELETE 


INSERT 



Some auto answering modems need a signal to put them in answer 
mode. Both the 4P modem and Modem II need such a signal. To 
insert a pause above the first line, press (CLEAR) CD, then press 
(CLEAR) GD (ENTER). To change the next line, press (CLEAR) (J}, then 
type **C (ENTER) . To change the last line, press (CLEAR) CD for 
RECEIVE, then type C (ENTER) . Now, you are finished defining the 
protocol of your auto dialing modem. Press (ED to return to the 
Modem Definition screen, then press (ED again to return to the status 



Note: If you are using the Modem II, the DTR switch at the back of 
the modem must be in the OFF position. The POWER switch 
should be ON, and the TEST switch should be OFF. Set the 
MODE switches to AUTO and ORIG. 



: !SSS 



m 



67 







Specifying Communications 
Parameters 



After you have supplied the necessary technical information on 
modem protocol, the status screen reappears. The communications 
parameters shown are preset to be compatible with CompuServe and 
Dow Jones Information services. If you are using a different 
information service, consult your user's guide to determine which 
parameter settings are necessary for communications, and then 
change the required parameter settings. Use the CD and QD keys to 
move the selection marker to the desired parameter, then use the CD 
key to move the marker to the appropriate setting, and press (CLEAR) 
CD to SELECT that setting. 

Note: Some networks and host systems (such as TELENET) do not 
use XON/XOFF. However, they may use the control characters 
for other purposes. When using these networks or services, 
you must turn the XON/XOFF flow control option off by moving 
the marker to NO and pressing (CLEAR) CD- 

You can change the last prompt, Retries, to make the computer dial 
again and try to connect to the service if the line was originally 
busy. For this example, type 3 (ENTER) to have Telecom try to connect 
at least three times. 



Manually 
Logging On 



Now you are going to manually log on to CompuServe while using 
the BUFFER function in TERMINAL mode to store the logon sequence 
in memory. Later, after completing the logon procedure, you can 
either display or print the information temporarily stored in the 
RAM buffer. (The amount of used and free space in the RAM buffer 
is shown on the Current Status screen of TELECOM.) 



ST EsDiw 

w 












r4?r?-^* J Sa«t — 



68 



if*gfe g^ ga »gffi ^%fr«^ r ' 










MM 






'^ 



• : i- / 









>•*- ' n \§ 



Press (CLEAR) 3D to go into 



mode. The screen shows: 



Telecom - Terminal 



02/25/85 10:30am 



[0] 

BUFFER 



[1] 
CLEAR 



[2] [3] 

RECEIVE SEND 



[4] [5] 

PRINTER BREAK 



[6] 

CALL 



[7] 
DISC 



NO CONNECTION 

XON 



If you are using an auto dialing modem, press (CLEAR) QD for CALL, 
then type the Com puServ e telephone number you received with the 
package and press (ENTER) . (If you are using a Modem II, the first 
three lights go on.) 

If you are using a non-dialing modem, dial your CompuServe phone 
number. When the phone has been answered and you hear a high- 
pitched tone, hang up the phone (or insert the telephone into the 
rubber couplers). 

Once you have entered or dialed the phone number, you are 
connected (but not yet logged on) to CompuServe. 

Press ( CLEAR") QD to open the RAM buffer. From this point on, the 
information that appears between the top reverse video line and 
bottom reverse video lines will be saved in memory. 

Press (CTRD QD. You are asked to enter your User ID. Type the User 
ID you received with the package and press (ENTER) . 

Next, you ar e asked to enter your Password. Type your password and 
press CENTER). (To retain the secrecy of your password, it will not 
appear on the screen when you type it.) 

You are now logged on and can begin using the CompuServe 
Information Service. 



69 



rn 

km 















\m 



%- 







-d 



a» 



v. 



Now, press (CLEAR) GD to close the RAM buffer, and then press 
(CLEAR) CD to disconnect from CompuServe. Later, after you have 
created an autolog file, you will log on to CompuServe again and use 
some of the TERMINAL mode functions. 

Press (ED to return to the original Telecom screen. If you have a 
printer, make sure it is properly connected to the computer, on-line, 
and that the paper is aligned. To PRINT the contents of the buffer, 
press (CLEAR) (JD. If you don't have a printer, press (CLEAR) GD to 
DISPLAY the contents of the buffer. Once you have displayed or 
printed the information, press (CLEAR) GD to CLEAR the contents of 
the buffer. 

Note: The printout of the buffer contents includes most, but not all, 
of the information that should be included in an autolog file. 
For example, certain special characters, such as (ENTER] and 
your password, are not printed. 



Creating an 
Autolog File 



Next, press (CLEAR) GD for EDITLOG to create a file for logging on 
automatically to a host system, in this case, CompuServe. You are 
asked to enter a name for the autolog file you are editing (or creating 
for the first time). Type CSIS (ENTER) for CompuServe Information 
Service. The message, File not in directory, is displayed since you are 
creating a new file. Press (ENTER) to continue. The screen shows the 
autolog editor screen. 



m 

f. sift 



FfS" 



6 
la 

'a c 



e-- iM 



6- 



p= 




l- 


ii<to 


E= 


">^p£ 


s~ 


T -^^ 


c: 


"V'f 


h — 


- ■ r 



70 



w$^®®£?w^g£^Bg&M 



^£?8il?P?P^fJ8^?^P§j 




*&fz&i?^.**^'*^pr;*j&r2!*se>? i 






■*4 


_.Ji| 


;.^BK 


3 


"1 


: -^ 


^mi 





~5j| 



Telecom - Autolog Editor 



02/25/85 10:30am 



[2] [3] 

RECEIVE SEND 



N] [5] 

PAUSE 



[6] 



[7] 



[8] [9] 
DELETE INSERT 



Next, press (CHAR) ® for STATUS. Change the required parameters 
it you are using an information service other than CompuServe or 
Dow Jones Do change the default setting, 0, for the last parameter, 
Retries, to 3^ After you have changed the necessary parameters, press 
IF3J to include the communications parameters in the autolog file. 

If you are using an auto dialing modem, press (CLEAR) QD for CALL 
to tell Telecom that this entry is a telephone number you want it to 
dial for you. Next, type the CompuServe telephone number for your 
area. For example, type 555-1212 (ENTER) . 

Press (SHE) QD for PAUSE, then type 2 dSTjR) to specify a two- 
second pause. 

Now press (CLEAR) CX for S E N D. Press (KHB) CD (for the control 
character, ,, then type C dNTER). "C (CTRL C) starts the 
communication process with CompuServe. 

Next, CompuServe asks for a User ID. To tell the modem to wait for 
me responsefrom CompuServe, press (CHAR) CD for RECEIVE Type 
User ID: (ENTER) for the prompt you receive from CompuServe. 

Press mm C3D to send your identification number to CompuServe 

™ am M r^ If 33 ' 221 ' then P ress MR) CD, then type M ' 
dHTER). M (CTRL M) represents a carriage return. 



1-1 

I £~ -35- 

fit 

rum 

J B§H 

w 

III 



if iSS- 

fill 
f§ in 

fit; 

Si I® 
If IP 

i§ 

Hi SB 



IM 



lasts 
km* 






■-zzn 



71 






w^^s^^^^$ssBssiss^^mSi 



EW 



L- 






Next, CompuServe prompts you to enter your Password. Press 
(CLEAR) GD to specify that the text entered next will be received 
from CompuServe, then type Password: (INTER). 

The next item of the autolog file is your response to the previous 
request for your password. Press (CLEAR) GD to transmit your 
password, then type your password and press (ENTER). For example, 
type SECRET, then press (CLEAR) CD, then type M (ENTER). 

This is the entire sequence of steps necessary to contact the 
CompuServe Information Service. If you are using an auto dialing 
modem, your screen should show: 



Telecom - Autolog Editor 

Status: 30,8,N,1,Y,N,N,N,3 
Call: 555-1212 
Pause: 2 
Send: ~C 

Receive: User ID: 
Send: 73333, 221 ~M 
Receive: Password: 
Send: SECRET'M 



02/25/85 10:. 30am 



[0] [1] 
STATUS CAIi 



[2] [3] 
RECEIVE SEND 



[4] 

PAUSE 



[5] 



[6] 



[7] 



[8] [9] 

DELETE INSERT 



(If you are using a non dialing modem, your screen should be the 
same except that the phone number is not included.) 

To save the autolog file currently in memory and return to the 
original Telecom screen, press (ED, then press (ENTER). 



3k 






E£v. 









sfE 






72 



i^^gp^psgfjli 




^^mmmmmmmmmmmmmmSm 




~9$ 



— ^ 

] 

1 






SI 




' liSP 



Executing an 
Autolog File 



If you created an autolog file that includes your real ID and 
password, you can actually try and use it now to log on to 
CompuServe. If you are using an auto dialing modem, press (CLEAR) 
CD to execute your AUTOLOG file, then press (ENTER) to execute the 
autolog file currently in memory, CSIS. If you have entered the logon 
sequence correctly, Telecom dials your local access number to 
CompuServe, makes contact with the information service, then 
executes the rest of the autolog file automatically. 

If you are using a non-auto dialing modem, press (CLEAR) d3 for 
AUTOLOG and then dial your CompuServe phone number. When the 
phone has been answered and you hear a high-pitched tone, hang up 
the phone (or insert the telephone into the rubber couplers). Then, 
press (ENTER) to execute the autolog file. 

Once you are logged on to CompuServe, Telecom automatically goes 
into TERMINAL mode, and you can begin using CompuServe with 
the TERMINAL mode functions displayed at the bottom of the screen. 



73 



Mm 




wmmmmmimmimmm 



■SB! 



Using the TERMINAL 
Mode Functions 



The CONNECTION and XON/XOFF status are shown to the right of 
the functions. If you lose connection to the Host, you will see NO 
CONNECTION. If Host temporarily stops transmitting data and sends 
an XOFF signal, you will see XOFF in this status area. 

After you go through and display the preliminary CompuServe 
information, you see the CompuServe "Top menu." 



'■R 



CompuServe Page CIS-1 

CompuServe Information Service 

1 Home Services 

2 Business & Financial 

3 Personal Computing 

4 Services for Professionals 

5 The Electronic Mall Urn) 

6 user Information 

7 Index 



inter your selection number 
>r H for more information. 



Try experimenting with CompuServe using Telecom's features 
such as BUFFER, RECEIVE, and PRINTER. For example, in the 
same manner that you saved the logon sequence in memory, you 
can save incoming information from CompuServe to print or store 
on disk. Type 1 dNTJH) to select Home Services from the 
CompuServe menu, then type 1 (ENTER) for Newspapers. To save a 
newspaper article in the RAM buffer, first open the buffer by 
pressing (CLEAR) QD, then select and display any article you wish. 
After the newspaper article has been displayed, press (CLlAR) QD 
to close the BUFFER. 



74 






s 



.-■■wiw 



w^^^^^^^^s^^^ 




To cut down on your connect time and save on your account bill, 
you could immediately disconnect from CompuServe, press (F3) to 
return to the original Telecom screen, then SAVE the arti cle as a 
file. An alternative way of saving information is to press (CLEAR) 
GD while in TERMINAL mode to RECEIVE a file, then specify a 
filename. Then you would select the information you want to save 
and press (CLEAR) (2) to close the file. If you do not specify an 
extension in the filename, /DOC is automatically appended to the 
filename so that you can read the article later using the Text 
application. 

You can also print incoming information by using the PRINTER 
function. Press (CLEAR) QD, then select the desired information, 
and press (CLEAR) GD again to stop the printer. 

Just as in HOST, with which you will experiment later, you can 
send and receive files between two computers, except that in 
Telecom both computer users can play an active role and 
communicate with each other via their computer screens. (In 
HOST, a DeskMate user can go elsewhere, leaving the computer in 
HOST mode to allow another user access to the DeskMate system 
and files.) 

If you have two computers both with telephone hook-ups via a 
modem or some other device, try calling each other and then 
mutually sending and receiving information. If you have an auto 
dialing modem, use the CALL function to call the other computer, 
then use SEND and RECEIVE to transmit information back and 
forth. 

When you are finished experimenting with Telecom, press (F3) 
until the Main Menu reappears. 



Other Functions 

On the Telecom status screen, you can use the RESET function to 
change all the communications parameters back to the original 
settings used for the 4P modem. (Remember to SELECT "Yes" to 
the first status setting, Auto Dialing Modem.) 



75 



Is 



!i^ 



I Ci - 



^Sii*»«*p« 







'SS^S^^SSSSSS^^ISS^mX!SmB^x^ 






Note also on the status screen that the last five functions, 
DISPLAY, PRINT, SAVE, LOAD, and CLEAR, are all RAM buffer- 
related functions. For example, you can LOAD the contents of a 
disk file into the buffer, then DISPLAY or PRINT the buffer 
contents. 

Later, if you wish to edit an autolog file, use the DELETE and 
INSERT functions on the EDITLOG screen to change line entries. 

In TERMINAL mode, you may need to use the BREAK function in 
addition to DISCONNECT to complete the log off process. 

If you save information, use the Text application to read and edit 
any unnecessary control characters that were transmitted from 
the Host system. 



I 



I 









f- St" 



m. 






m 

Eft 



fj£ 



£>7ifc... 



*%. -M 



76 



fe 



SM 







-3m 



!3 

J 




Select PHONE from the subfunctions menu by pressing (F2), then 
(HJ3S) (T). The screen soon shows a list of phone numbers ' 
previously entered for Edwin's customers and suppliers. 



FIND: 

ABC ABC Exterminators.... 817-990- 

AL. Arnold's Liquors 817-764- 

CB. Beauchamp, Cindy 817-883- 

FD. Davis, Frederick 817-256- 

JH. Helmer, John 817-653- 

BJ. Jones, Bill 817-555- 

LFB LaFrance Bakery 817-732- 



RM. Miller, Robert. 

.. . Man 

IM. Moore, Lisa (CPA).. 
FLS Petta Linen Service 
RF. Riverdale Florist.. 

LR. Roach, Lewis 

CS Sims, Chris 817-449 

S&P Smith & Patterson 214-335- 

EW. Williams, Mrs. Eliot. 817-737- 

LW. Wordsworth, Laura 817-921- 

YFM Young's Fish Market.. 817-563- 



214-872- 
817-292- 
817-832- 
817-482- 
817-537- 
214-872- 



■1212 
-1892 
-1267 
-9011 
-8754 
-8060 
-5766 
-4432 
•3188 
-3358 
■7371 
■0906 
■6680 
■8442 ' 
■4285 ■■ 
7728 ■ 
8831 ' 
2199 ' 



JKEra 1: 9P PREFIX 2: 5551290P.. PREFIX 

[0] HI C2] [3] [4] [5] [6] 

FIND CALL PREFIX! PREFIX2 PREFIX3 SORT PRINT 



8559012. 
[7] 



ACODE: 817 
[8] [9] 

DELETE ADD 



its 






You can enter up to 39 phone entries, each consisting of three parts 
you can use for identification and information purposes. The first 
field of an entry can contain three characters and is used for a 
person's or company's initials. Then, if you use the FIND function to 
look for a particular phone number, you can simply enter the initials 
rather than a person's entire name as the FIND criteria. The second 
field, which can contain up to 21 characters, is for the name Enter 
the entry's phone number in the last field. The first three digits are 
for the area code, and the next three digits are for the local 
exchange, followed by the rest of the phone number. 

For example, suppose you want to look up Lisa Moore's phone 
number. The line above the first entry is reserved for entering FIND 
criteria. Type LM, then press (CLlM) ® for FIND. The cursor 
moves to the first match the program finds in the phone list — the 
line containing John Helmer's entry. (Lower- and uppercase 
characters are regarded as the same.) Press (CLEAR) C© to find the 
next occurrence of UV1. The cursor is now on Lisa Moore's phone 
entrv. 



ra 



W- 






;4fE=-. 






77 



?8I8^ 



To change Lisa's number, hold downQ until the cursor is past the 
three-digit area code and is over the first digit of the actual 
telephone number. To change any previously entered information all 
you need do is type over the existing characters. For Lisa's new 
number, type 7338522 (ENTER) . 

Now you need to add two new entries. Move the cursor to the line 
containing Robert Miller's entry. Press (CLEAR) ® for ADD Robert 
Miller's entry and all entries below his move down one line so that 
you can insert an entry at the point of the cursor's current position 
lype EM (ENTER) for the entry's initials. For the name field, type 
McKmney, Ellen OUTER). Next type 8173338166 (ENUr) for the 
number. 

To move the cursor to the next column, press (CLEAR)m then 
(SHIFDCHD. Press (CLEM) ® to add an entry. Type DP (INTER) for 
the initials. Type Dilardo's Produce (ENTER) for the name and 
then type 8172225412 (ENTER) for the phone number. 

You can list your entries in any sort of order you want. For example 
it most of your entries are all phone numbers for one company you ' 
^If t} f f ntrie s according to department. Or if you are using 
PHONE to dial mostly long-distance numbers, you could order the 
entries according to area code. 

If you want to keep your phone list in alphabetical order use the 
bORT function to let the program do it for you. For example, to put 
the last name you entered, Dilardo's Produce, in its proper position in 
the list, press (CLEAR) © for SORT. The program automatically 
inserts the entry above Helmer and pushes the entries after Dilardo's 
Produce down one line, so that now the last entry, Young's Fish 
Market is the first entry of the second column. 

To delete an entry, move the cursor to the desired entry and select 
the DELETE function. For example, move the cursor on the line 
containing Chris Sims' entry, and then press (CLEAR) (8) for 
DELETE. That entry is deleted, and all entries after the CS entry 
move up one line. Note also that the Young's Fish Market entry has 
moved back to the first column of phone numbers. 

To print all phone number entries, first make sure that your printer 
is on-line and that the paper is advanced so that printing will begin 
about an inch or so from the top of the paper. Press (CLEAR) © to 
print. The entries are printed in the same format in which you enter 
them. 



■L. 












PS?' 






Cr- 



iiL 



^i&fc ; :JH 



78 



S- 



3"tea» 




^ V * SS! T*S^>^ 



H£5&gM^3^@MB^S£S£ 



m ( 
3 



««H 


!Sf 


J 




is» 


-fl| 


i^m^ 


a«J 


-*«< 


. jb 


-J 






4 


:*#^ 





'^.~:'M vv y 



At the bottom of the phone list and just above the label lines, you see 
a line containing three prefix numbers and an area code number: 



PREFIX 1: 9P 



PREFIX 2: 5551290P 



PREFIX 3: 8559012 



ACODE: 817 



ACODE is the area code from which you are calling. If the area code 
of a number you are calling is the same as your area code, the 
program ignores the local area code and simply dials the telephone 
number. If the area code of the number you are calling is different 
from the displayed ACODE, then the program dials the area code plus 
the phone number. 

You can enter up to three prefix numbers to have the program 
automatically dial a prefix number before it dials the actual phone 
number. For example, you could use PREFIXl to dial a 9 for an 
outside call if you are calling from a business or a 1 to precede a 
long-distance phone number. In this example, PREFIXl is 9P, which 
tells the computer to dial a 9 and then pause ("P") for a dial tone 
before dialing the rest of the number. PREFIX2, 5551290P, is the 
local access number to a long-distance carrier such as MCl'or 
SPRINT. PREFIX3, 8559012, is Edwin's private code number 
assigned by the long-distance carrier. 

You can use one or more prefixes by pressing the appropriate 
functions keys. For example, suppose you want to call Cindy 
Beauchamp and then Lewis Roach. First move the cursor to the line 
containing the entry for CB. Next, to get an outside line, press 
(CHAR) CD to activate PREFIX 1. (Note that PREFIXl is now 
highlighted in the label line to let you know that it is turned on and 
will be dialed before the number.) If you were to actually make the 
call now, you would press (CHAR) CD for CALL, and then the 
computer would dial 9, pause for a tone, and then dial 883-1267. 
Since Cindy's area code, 817, is the same as the displayed area code, 
the computer knows that it is unnecessary to dial the area code. 

To call Lewis Roach, move the cursor to the line containing his 
entry. Since this is a long-distance number, you'll want to turn on 
PREFIX2 and PREFIX3 in addition to PREFIXl so that you can dial 
the number using the long-distance carrier. Press (CLEAR) GD, then 
press ( CLEAR) QD to activate PREFIX2 and PREFIX3. To actually 
dial the phone number, you would press (CLEAR) QD for CALL. The 
computer would dial 9, pause for a tone, dial 5551290 (the local 
access number), pause for another tone, then dial the long-distance 
local access number, 8559012, followed by Lewis Roach's number 
214-872-6680. 



79 






m- 



■&&, 







^^^^^WoMM^^^^^^^^^M^i^ 



If you have an auto dialing modem, try experimenting with the 
PHONE subfunction. (You must first define the voice dialing protocol 
that your modem uses. If you followed the instructions in the section, 
"Telecom," you have already done this.) Enter the phone numbers of 
some friends using the ADD function, then use CALL to try to reach 
them. 

If you are using tone dialing, pick up the phone a few seconds after 
pressing (CLEAR) QD. If you are using rotary dialing, wait until the 
modem stops clicking before picking up the receiver. 

You may also want to change the prefixes and area code to fit your 
needs, then try calling some long-distance numbers. Press (CLEM) 
CD to move the cursor to the prefix/area code line, then type over the 
existing numbers and characters. 

Note: You can use P HON E at anytime. Press (F2), then (CLEAR) GD 
whenever you want to use PHONE. The current screen is 
replaced by the phone list screen. Move the cursor to the 
number you wish to call, then press (CLEAR) CD for CALL. 
When you are finished using PHONE, press (ED to return to 
the application you were previously using. The screen is 
exactly the way you left it before using PHONE. 



: 4 

± T 5 



I \ 



I i 



£ - - hisfi 



"^Kmm^m^m^. ^ 



80 



si 



- 


*5 


"~1 


..51 

— «3 


~~1 


" .-ci 


j 


3 






;jii 



^ 



MAIL 



In this section describing the Mail application, assume you are the 
DeskMate user named John. You are going to read messages 
previously sent to you by remote-site users and then create and leave 
messages for remote-site users to pick up. (The remote-site user 
named Laura will pick up the messages you leave for her in the next 
section explaining the function, "Host.") 

To keep incoming and outgoing messages separate, you can set up 
various message files, just as you would have separate mailboxes for 
individual persons. In this instance, John uses the default Mail file, 
MESSAGES, for his messages — the messages people send him. He 
has created specific files for all other persons accessing his DeskMate 
as remote-site users. In the next section on the Host function, Laura, 
as a remote-site user, will also read the messages in her file and 
send messages back to John at the Host DeskMate computer. 

To select Mali and the file, MESSAGtS, from the Main Menu, place 
the selection marker over Mail and press CENTER) . The screen shows a 
summary list of messages people sent to John from remote sites. 



MAIL 
FROM 

Laura 
Dave 
Richard 
Laura 



[MESSAGES] 
DATE 



02/23/85 

02/24/85 
02/24/85 
02/24/85 



10:30am 

08:15am 

1:00pm 

2:45pm 



02/25/85 
DESCRIPTION 

FANTASTIC NEWS! 

Sales meeting, personnel problem 

Tax problem 

Trip to Tulsa 



10:30am 



[0] [1] [2] [3] 

FIND CREATE DISPLAY PRINT 



[4] 



[5] 



[6] 



[7] 



[8] [9] 

DELETE 




81 



<•«». 



SSsPslSPsSl^lllfSwSsl 





A message consists of four parts: the DATE and time the message 
was created, an identifier telling who the message is FROM, an 
identifier telling TO whom the message is intended, a brief 
DESCRIPTION of the main subject of the message, and the actual 
message itself. All messages above were TO John and placed in the 
default MESSAGES Mail file, so a TO name is not needed. However, 
when you create messages, you must enter TO whom the message is 
for, unless you want it to be placed in the MESSAGES file. 



Reading 
Messages 



Press (CLEAR) QD to FIN D a particular message. Next, at the bottom 
of the screen, you see the FIN D criteria you can use and a line on 
which you enter the criteria. 



DESCRIPTION 



You can search for messages by specifying who the message is FROM, 
the DATE the message was sent, or any particular string contained 
in the DESCRIPTION of the message. For example, to find all 
messages from Laura, type Laura (ENTER) as your search criterion, 
then press (ENTER) twice to skip the DATE and DESCRIPTION 
criteria. 

Note: In this case, it wasn't necessary to use FIND, since all 

messages in the MESSAGES file are displayed on one screen. 
However, if there are several messages and you are looking for 
one or more particular messages, FIN D is a useful function. 

The screen clears briefly, then the summary listings of the two 
messages from Laura are displayed. To display the first message 
from Laura, which is highlighted by the selection marker, press 
(CLEAR) ("2"). You are transferred from Mail to the Text application, 
and the message is displayed on the screen. 

Got a terrific raise and a great promotion. Can't wait to teli you 
about it when you get back home. 

I love you - Laura 



82 



iilr 

pr 

fell" 



?>&* 








w^^*^*mgm?^d?mmmmmm&& 



'■*-** 



i*j 







To exit the Text screen, press (SHIFT) (£3) since you don't want to 
change the message. Press (T) to Cancel edit? (Y/N). To return to the 
original screen with all messages in the MESSAGES file displayed, 
press (F3). 

You can find out the contents of a message without exiting to Text to 
display the message by using the PRINT function. Make sure your 
printer is on-line and the paper is aligned properly. Press (ED, then 
( CLEAR) GO to display the current printer settings. Type 5 (ENTER) 
for Left Margin, then 70 (ENTER) for Printed Line Width. 

Press (ED to return to Mail. Press CD to move the marker to the 
message from Dave, then press (CLEARl (T). The following message is 
printed while you remain in the Mail application. 



The meeting with the sales force has been rescheduled for March 6, 
8:30 a.m. in the conference room. Ann can't come but will be sending 
her assistant. She is still having problems with that one distributor 
in Nacogdoches and needs to talk with someone in Personnel. When you 
get back, call her as soon as possible. 

I'll be taking the Houston clients out tomorrow night and will let you 
know what transpires. They want to amend some contract clauses and 
discuss some changes in due dates. 2/28 @ 9:00 a.m. we'll be meeting 
with the legal dept. and if possible, I think you should go, too. 

See you when you get back. 



Since you have a printout of Dave's message, go ahead and delete it. 
To delete the message currently highlighted, press (CLEAR) (W). The 
message is erased from the screen and deleted from the diskette. 




83 






liijwS? 

I ill 

is h"£* 

tm 






rf? 












'-%■ 



1 25 




Print the other two messages, from Richard and Laura, one at a 
time. Move the marker to t he mes sage from Richard, make sure the 
printer is ready, then press (CLEAR) GD. After the printer has 
stopped, press CD to move the marker to the other message from 
Laura, and press (CLEAR) GO again. The following messages are 
printed. 



I'm afraid you're going to have a problem with trying to claim that 
one deduction. I'm going over the new tax laws now with a fine 
toothcomb but. since there's no precedent, it'll be hard to find 
evidence in similar cases. If you can't claim it as a deduction, we 
may be able to write it off as a loss. 

Call me when you return. 



Have to make a quick trip to Tulsa today, 
around 4 p.m. See you then. 

Love and kisses, 
Laura 



Will be back tomorrow 



_ gn 



§ 




§ 


81 


H 


§§ 


£ 


-:^" 


& 


SB 












R~ 



84 



'^^^^^^^- ^ S ^^ ! ^r^^^^ 




WMmW^mmm^rnmmmmw^mm 



"5!f 



"3 



r «J 






Creating 

Messages 



Now that you've reviewed all your messages, you need to create two 
messages — one for Dave and one for Laura. Press (CLEAR) CD to 
create and send a message to a file. The screen shows: 



CREATE MAIL 

DATE : 02/25/85 10:30am 
FROM : 

DESCRIPTION : 
TO : 



02/25/85 10:30am 



Enter information or [BREAK] to cancel 




The DATE and time displayed are automatically used for the date 
and time the message is created. (The time displayed on your screen 
will probably be different.) Type John (ENTER) at the FROM prompt. 
For DESCRIPTION, type URGENT - going to Nacogdoches 
(ENTER). Then at the TO prompt, type DAVE (ENTER) . Now, a Mail 
file called Dave is being created on the disk. (If you just press 
dSHH) at TO, the message is automatically placed in the default 
MESSAGES file.) 

Note: If you want to change the DATE and time, press (F2) and 

change the DATE and/or time using the subfunctions menu, 
before pressing (CLEM) CD to create a message. 

After you enter TO whom the message is for, you are taken 
automatically to the Text screen to enter the contents of the message. 
Type the following paragraph, pressing (ENTER) at the end of the 
message. If you make any mistakes in typing, use the available 
editing functions in Text. (See the Quick Reference Card or press (F2) 
for H ELP to look up information.) 



Wfefes* 



85 




^w^m&m^m^rnmmwmmm^ 







I've already talked to Ann and have decided that this situation has 
gone on long enough. I'm going directly to Nacogdoches and should be 
back in the office the morning of the 28th. Meet with Ann and get the 
necessary personnel papers ready. If you need to contact me, I'll be 
staying at the Holiday Inn. 

After typing the contents of the message, press (ED to exit the Text 
screen and return to Mail. Note that this message is not displayed 
because it is in a file called DAVE — not in the current file, 
MESSAGES. 



Now, press (CLEAR) CD to create a message to leave for Laura. Type 
John CENTER! at the FROM prompt, then for DESCRIPTION, type 
Trip to Nacogdoches (ENTER) . At TO, type Laura OTTER). Type 
the following paragraph, pressing (ENTER) at the end of the message. 



Received your messages 
on in Tulsa? 



congratulations on raise, also what was going 



I've got a sticky problem in Nacogdoches and am going directly there. 
Can you pick me up at the airport 2/27 @ 10:30 pm? Love, John. 

After you have typed the message and everything is correct, press (ED 
to exit the Text screen and return to the Main Menu. Note that 
under the Mail column, a new message file you just created, DAVE, is 
displayed. 



Read the next section, "Host, 
the mail you just created. 



to see how a remote user can "pick up" 



Note: You can reenter the Text screen by using the DISPLAY 

function to edit or simply review a message. Press (F3) if you 
changed or edited the message, then press CD to save the new 
message. If you change a message, both the old message and 
new message exist (only the creation date/time information 
differ). To keep your files up-to-date, delete the duplicate, 
unnecessary message, old or new. 



E5 






86 



f '- 


'.'■ '""-- 


c 












fc- 


^ss 


■^. 


e= 


■-Ifh-- 


v -X-~ 


p= 


p ""-"- 


*— 


1A% 


iT -- 


7M : i : ' 








'H 


fc — 


-&' 




V 


It 


B'"5- 



"». M 




llPSIIrililS 



ii^is 



3 






Zi v wj 



HOST 



The host function lets you access DeskMate (the "host" computer) 
from a remote terminal or computer. At the remote terminal, you can 
read messages from or place messages in a Mail file and send or 
receive a specific file to and from the DeskMate system. At the host 
computer, you can turn on the Host function to allow a remote-site 
user access to the DeskMate, turn the security option on to prohibit 
local use of the DeskMate, or cancel the remote session by turning 
off Host. 

Before using Host, you must make sure that the communications 
parameters of both the Host computer and remote terminal/computer 
match, just as you did in Telecom. If necessary, use the Telecom 
application now to set the communications parameters. For additional 
information, see the section, "Telecom," and Appendix B in the 
Reference Manual to determine which parameter settings are 
necessary for communications. 

The user at the Host computer must first define the type of modem 
and its protocol (particularly for answer mode). If you followed the 
instructions in the section, "Telecom," you have already done this. If 
the remote-site user is using a Model 4 or 4P and has a copy of the 
DeskMate program, he or she should check the communications 
parameters and define the computer dialing sequence for the remote 
modem. 

If you are using a Modem II, make sure the POWER switch is ON 
and the TEST switch is OFF. Set the DTR switch at the back of the 
modem in the OFF position and the MODE switches to AUTO and 

ANSWER. 

If you have the proper equipment set up — a Host computer with an 
auto answer modem, remote terminal or computer with a telephone 
hook-up via a modem, cables, and so on — and another person at the 
remote site to access the Host computer, try the following 
experiment. There are two sets of instructions: one for the DeskMate 
user (HOST) and one for the remote site user (REMOTE). 



m 



m 

m 



II 



3§£ 

,.a§8 

m 
m 

n 



'Mm 



87 



MSI 



mm 




\aj0*A 



I 



?*& 






Pm 



Note: Taking it from the point at which you stopped in Mail, 

assume the remote site user is Laura. One of the messages 
REMOTE will pick up is the message you created in Mail and 
put in her mailbox (the LAURA file). 

HOST: At the Main Menu, press (CLEAR) ® to turn on the auto- 
answer HOST function. The HOST screen is displayed, and now the 
remote terminal user can access the DeskMate. You are asked if you 
want security. Press GO (See the discussion at the end of this 
section for details on the Security option.) 

REMOTE: Dial the telephone number of the host computer. When 
the phone has been answered and you hear a tone, hang up the 
phone. 

If you are using a Model 4 or 4P and have a copy of the DeskMate 
program, go into TERMINAL mode of Telecom to use the CALL 
function, then type the telephone number of the host computer and 
press (ENTER). Stay in TERMINAL mode so that you can use the 
functions available in TERMINAL mode while accessing the host 
computer's DeskMate. Or if you have a communications program like 
Videotex, load it so that you can use the computer's memory for 
information retrieval. 

If you have set up the equipment properly and HOST is turned on, 
the HOST should show: 



I 












HOST is active - press [BREAK] to Exit Host 



(■*»-- 



f— : 



p^te j ^^ ^ ^ ^g^^P 




f»«S!^*|J|g^as?s6S^^&!^5^r-^^^!l^»9fgwss^ 






3 ( 

..mA 






S&f 



« 


s. 


-J 










;» 


.-J 








•^ 


-^ 


~1 


-4 




— I 


:Si 


1 




<*»» 


--23i 


'~ 


~4 










-a 



-Jt>. 



■out 






REMOTE: Press CENTER) twice. To gain access to DeskMate, you 
must enter the system password. Type Fromage (ENTER) . Next, you 
see the Remote Menu. 

Note to REMOTE: If you are in the TERMINAL mode screen, you 
will see all information shown in these examples, in addition to the 
top title line indicating that you're in TERMINAL mode with the 
function key label lines at the bottom of the screen. 



DESKMATE REMOTE MENU 

1) DIRECTORY OF FILES 

2) RECEIVE FILE FROM HOST 

3) SEND FILE TO HOST 

4) READ MAIL 

5) SEND MAIL 

6) DISCONNECT FROM HOST 
SELECT MENU OPTION > 



Note to HOST: During the entire time the HOST function is active, 
you will see what the REMOTE user types on the screen (the 
REMOTE user's commands) but will not see the information the 
REMOTE user sees on his screen in response to his command. For 
example, you'll see the name of the file the remote user is sending or 
receiving, but not the contents of the file. For the entire session, the 
REMOTE user plays the active role and you just see the requests the 
REMOTE user enters. At the end of session, the REMOTE user will 
disconnect from the HOST after sending you, the HOST, a message. 

REMOTE: Type 1 CENTjR) to see the Directory Menu. The screen 

shows: 



DIRECTORY MENU 

1) MAIL 5) WORKSHEET 

2) CALENDAR 6) AUTOLOG 

3) TEXT 7) ALL 

4) FILER 

SELECT MENU OPTION > 



Type 3 CENTER) to see all Text files currently in the DeskMate 
directory. The screen shows: 



LETTER D0C:l CUSTADDRDOC: 

DIRECTORY COMPLETED 



SUPPLADDR-DOC:! 



WILLIAMS/DOC:! 






'BfepSR!- 








Press any key to indicate that you are finished looking over the 
information. Next, you are going to receive a file from the HOST 
DeskMate. 

Note: It is difficult to read the information as it is being sent to 

your screen from the HOST computer because the file is being 
transmitted in its exact form. In other words, the computer 
cannot tell when the end of a line of information has been 
reached (indicated by a line-feed or carriage return) so that it 
can start displaying remaining information on the next line. 
On the screen, all information will be displayed on the same 
line, over and over. 

However, if you are using Telecom or a communications 
package like Videotex, you have several options as to what you 
can do with the incoming information. For example, you can 
open the RAM buffer, then save or print the information after 
receiving it. Also, with Telecom, you can either use the 
PRINTER option to print the information as it is being 
received or turn on the Auto Line Feed option so that you can 
read the file as it is being transmitted. You can also use the 
TERMINAL mode function, RECEIVE, to save the file on disk 
directly as it is being transmitted. 

To retrieve any type of file from the DeskMate, use the second option 
from the Directory Menu. To see the text file that contains the 
addresses of Edwin Raymond's customers, type 2 CENTER), then type 
CUSTADDR/DOC CTnTER) for the Host file you want to receive. 
After the Host computer finds the file and is ready to transmit it, 
you see the following message: 



FILE READY FOR TRANSFER, 
PRESS CONTROL Q TO PROCEED, 
CONTROL S TO PAUSE, AND 
CONTROL C TO END 



m 



» 






PSi^ 



90 



E 

t 


0^t 

lit: 
US? 

mi 




fy?'— 


I 




I 


"^i 


i 


as 


I 


isi 


I 


;-#■ 










m 
'"3 



Decide what you want to do with the informtion - save, print or 
display it — then get your computer ready for whatever option you 

™!;^" T eXa T le ' SUPP ° Se y ° U are usin g Telecom ^ are in 
TERMINAL mode. Press (CLlAR) © to get your computer ready to 
save a file, then type a name for the file you are going to receive and 
press mm. Now, both the Host computer is ready to send the 
information and the remote computer is ready to receive and save the 
incoming file. 

Press your control key f® on all Tandy computers and terminals) 
arid LQJ to start displaying the addresses in the CUSTADDR/DOC 
ft T u G !° llowin g addresses will be transmitted although it will be 
difficult for you to read them on the screen. You can press your 
contro key and QD to temporarily stop the transmission. Press your 
control key and CD to restart the data transmission 



a 



Miss Cindy Beauchamp 
2209 Riverdale Road 
Fort Worth, Texas 76107 

Mr. Frederick Davis 
6601 Oak Boulevard 
Arlington, Texas 77109 



lilt 







m 

M 

Sps,' 
sags? 



I : M 



\. ■■.%■: 






«H_jiJ» 



-j -* 1 

<#*? fjf 



". g>; 



Mr. John Helmer 
900 Valley View 
Grapevine, Texas 78105 

Ms. Ellen McKinney 
3398 Ridgeway 
Apartment 500 
Fort Worth, Texas 76103 

Mr. and Mrs. Robert Miller 
6703 Austin Street 
Dallas, Texas 74123 

Mr. Lewis Roach 
7400 Seventh Street 
Grand Prairie, Texas 77156 



91 



p :S5S5- 



Hi 



£-*■»«««»» 







■'"^^Js^SSflia^f; 



1^^^^M^0MM^^^^^ 





jsmBi 



Mrs. Eliot Williams 
1908 Florida Avenue 
Denton, Texas 70912 

Ms. Laura Wordsworth 

8808 Pine Valley 

Fort Worth, Texas 79874 



After the entire file has been transmitted and displayed, press 
( ENTER) to display the Remote Menu. Later, you can read the 
CUSTADDR/DOC file using the Text application. 



'SSP- 

iSr 



mi 









Type 3 (E NTER) to send a file to the HOST computer. For the 
filename, type TEST/DOC (ENTER) , then type the following sentences 
to be contained in the Text file, TEST. 



This test is for checking the Host Function, SEND FILE TO HOST. After 
the remote session is through and the remote-site user has 
disconnected, the Host computer will read this file using the Text 
application. 



After you type the sentences, press your control key and GO to mark 
the end of the file and send it to the DeskMate. The file is sent 
directly to the DeskMate directory and diskette (not to the HOST 
computer's screen) so that when the HOST user gets a chance, he can 
access the file from the Main Menu. 



To read your messages, type 4 (ENTER) at the Remote Menu, then 
type LAURA (ENTER) . A summary of the first message in the 
LAURA Mail file is displayed. 



FROM: Mom 

DATE: 02/24/85 11:00am 
DESCRIPTION: Anniversary plans 
(R)EAD OR (N)EXT 



1 

E 






P 



Type R (ENTER) to read the contents of the message currently 
displayed. The message itself is displayed plus the summary of the 
next message. 



92 



5 

E -■■ 







jai 



-m .gj> 



<m.^ .t-t 



AT. 



•?*i7..ajf 



gj» \\y 



_BJ! 






Got the club room reserved on 3/5 (g 7 pm for our 30th anniversary. 
Remember - it's still planned as a surprise for your father. Love - Mom 

END OF MESSAGE. 

FROM: Jeff 

DATE: 02/24/85 5:30pm 
DESCRIPTION: Project 3100 
(R)EAD OR (N)EXT 



To skip a message, type N (ENTER] to see the next message. At this 
poi nt, do whatever you want. Type R (ENTER) to read the message or 
N (jNJJ ER) to see a summary of the next message. If you type R 
(ENTER), the screen shows: 



We received the mechanicals for Project 3100 and it's ready to go into 
blueline stage. Do you want to see it again? 

END OF MESSAGE. 

FROM: John 

DATE: 02/25/85 10:30am 

DESCRIPTION: Trip to Nacogdoches 
(R)EAD OR (N)EXT 



(If you type N (ENTER), you will see only the summary of John's 
message.) Type R (ENTER) to read John's message. 



Received your messages - congratulations on raise, also what was going 

on in Tulsa? 

I've got a sticky problem in Nacogdoches and am going directly there. 
Can you pick me up at the airport 2/27 (a 10:30 pm? Love, John. 

END OF MESSAGE. 
NO MORE MESSAGES. 



hH 



::~v£ 



i ;a 






| asg 



■:p£ 



93 






r*^. 



Press (ENTER) to return to the Remote Menu. To place a message in 
the default MESSAGES file used to collect all messages for John, 
type 5 (ENTER) to send mail, then press (ENTER) to send the message 
to the default Mail file, MESSAGES. Type Laura (ENTER] at the 
FROM prompt, then type Response to 2/25 message (ENTER ) as the 
DESCRIPTION. (The date and time of the Host computer are 
automatically assigned to the message.) 

Type the short message below, and when you are finished typing, 
press your control key and QD to end the message and send it to the 
DeskMate. 



Sure thing - 1 can pick you up. How'd you like a late night 
celebration at Cafe du Marseille? 



EL N'Se. 



r- gill 






REMOTE: To log off, type 6 (ENTER) to disconnect from the HOST 
computer. You may want to read the CUSTADDR/DOC file you 
received using the Text application. 



HOST: To exit the Host screen, press (BREAK) to return to the Main 
Menu. To see if the TEST/DOC file was transmitted and received at 
the DeskMate, try to open that file using the Text application. Also, 
check the MESSAGES mail file to see if the message was received 
from the remote-site user. 






;Jks 



f ? — m 



i : 



94 




mmmmmmmmmmiA 



Security 



You may want to use the Security option of Host, which is just like 
HOST without security except that no remote activity is displayed on 
the DeskMate screen, and you can prevent local use of the DeskMate. 
To activate the security option, press CD to the prompt, Security? 
(Y/IM), right after you select HOST from the Main Menu and enter 
the HOST screen. 

Without activating the Security option, the DeskMate user can 
always press (BREAK) to disconnect the remote site user and regain 
control of the DeskMate system. However, with Security turned on, 
you can completely lock out local operation. If a system password has 
been entere d for th e DeskMate and people at the DeskMate computer 
try to press (BREAK) or (£3), they will have to enter the password to 
disconnect the remote site user. 










<W .. LS-J 



•'■■* . £-1 

1 - 

4 



'9 






lit' 



3Sr>' 









vm 

MX 

m 

m 



95 




fgwmmmmmmmmmmmm 




'^S^^^^^^S^S^S^^S^^SSBSBSi 



•» — SSI 



£z 




S— 




fefZ 


— ! S£ 



■i. 



§ 







J 



ENDING THE 
SAMPLE SESSION 



You are now finished with the sample session. You can continue 
using the sample data files to experiment and try new things not 
covered in the Sample Session. For example, you can try using Host 
and Telecom together to transmit information between two 
computers, saving data received from an information service using 
Telecom, or copying data from an application like Calendar to a Text 
file. Use the Reference Manual to look up information on the 
application and function you want to use. 

When you are ready to start using DeskMate for your own purposes, 
use the DELETE function on the Main Menu to erase the data files ' 
used in the sample session — LETTER, WILLIAMS, CUSTADDR 
SUPLADDR, TEST, BUDGET, EXAMPLE, TABLE, CLIENTS 
SUPPLIER, AGENDA, DAVE, LAURA, and MESSAGES. Also, delete 
any files received or sent using Telecom or Host. 

Next, you need to erase the Phone, Alarm, and Mail data. Press (ED, 
then (CLEAfi) CD for PHONE. Delete each phone entry, one by one. 
Press (F3) to exit PHONE, then press (CLEAR) CD at the Main Menu to 
display the events in the ALARM file. Highlight all the events using 
the SELECT function, and then DELETE them. Return to the Main 
Menu and select the MESSAGES file and Mail application. Delete 
each message, one by one. 

The final step to making Desk Mate r eady for your data is to delete 
or change the password. Press (CLEAR) CD at the Main Menu for the 
PASS WD function. If you do not want to use a password to access 
DeskMate as a direct DeskMate or remote-site user, press ( INTER) 
for New Password. To assign a new password to access your 
DeskMate, simply type the new password and press (ENTER) . 



\mm 



Of 



\E3l 

|^«HP»'| 



HH 






97 



^m 






~- i!S, ""*«e«j^ J| 




ws^^^memmtmw^mmi^m 



mmmgmmzmm 



s^ps 



Note: You may want to keep the Telecom file, CSIS, if vou created an 
autolog file in the sample session that you can actually use. 

Now, all sample data is erased from the DeskMate diskettes. Make a 
backup of the data diskette to use for your data. 

un tt nfl^M ? h n? ^ a V V0U 6nter dHta int ° the DeskMate, back 
up the DeskMate Data Diskette and any other diskette on which you 
are storing data. By following this procedure, you'll be able to 
retrieve most of your data in case of a mishap. 



r. %f 



i m- 



km 






■► 



,_A 












>at3SBjj 



A 









2 



15b- 



98 



Sj 









'l.'ftf-f 






^m 



lint 

t IHI 
■ &_ 

in